NCT FUNDING CO LLC
424B5, 2000-09-20
FINANCE SERVICES
Previous: R & R RANCHING INC, 10QSB, EX-27, 2000-09-20
Next: TRINITY ENERGY RESOURCES INC, 10SB12G/A, 2000-09-20









<PAGE>
THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION AND HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO
SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 18, 2000

            PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO PROSPECTUS DATED JULY 19, 1999
                                 $1,055,837,590
                                 (APPROXIMATE)
                        CIT EQUIPMENT COLLATERAL 2000-2
                                  OWNER TRUST
                            RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES
                          NCT FUNDING COMPANY, L.L.C.
                                   DEPOSITOR
                               CAPITA CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER
       THE DEPOSITOR AND SERVICER ARE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE CIT GROUP, INC.

                                     [LOGO]

           THE OWNER TRUST WILL ISSUE THE FOLLOWING CLASSES OF NOTES --


<TABLE>
  <S>                          <C>
  CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE RISK
  FACTORS BEGINNING ON
  PAGE S-12 IN THIS PROSPECTUS
  SUPPLEMENT AND ON PAGE 11 IN
  THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS.
  The notes represent
  obligations of the owner
  trust only.
  This prospectus supplement
  must be accompanied by the
  prospectus.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
                                            Approximate
                                              Initial
                                             Aggregate                            First             Stated         Price to
                                  Class of   Principal     Interest Rate         Payment           Maturity         Public
                                   Notes       Amount      (per annum)            Date               Date          Per Note
                                  <S>       <C>            <C>              <C>                <C>                <C>
                                    A-1     $200,000,000             %      October 20, 2000     June 20, 2001             %
                                    A-2     $355,000,000             %      October 20, 2000   December 20, 2002           %
                                    A-3     $305,000,000             %      October 20, 2000     June 20, 2004             %
                                    A-4     $132,487,333             %      October 20, 2000     July 20, 2011             %
                                     B      $ 15,837,563             %      October 20, 2000     July 20, 2011             %
                                     C      $ 21,116,751             %      October 20, 2000     July 20, 2011             %
                                     D      $ 26,395,943             %      October 20, 2000     July 20, 2011             %

<CAPTION>
                                            Underwriting
                                  Class of   Discount
                                   Notes     Per Note
                                  <S>       <C>
                                    A-1          0.  %
                                    A-2          0.  %
                                    A-3          0.  %
                                    A-4          0.  %
                                     B           0.  %
                                     C           0.  %
                                     D           0.  %
</TABLE>

                       The total price to the public is $         .

                       The total underwriting discount is $         .

                       The total proceeds to the owner trust are $         .

                             -------------------

  NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
    COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR
      DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE ACCOMPANYING
       PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
                     THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
       BANC ONE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
                     BARCLAYS CAPITAL
                              DEUTSCHE BANC ALEX. BROWN
                                              FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.
                                                          J.P. MORGAN & CO.

               Prospectus Supplement dated September   , 2000

<PAGE>
              IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
             PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS

    The depositor tells you about the notes in two separate documents:

        the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information, some of
        which may not apply to you; and

        this prospectus supplement, which describes the particular terms of your
        series of notes.

    The depositor includes cross-references in this prospectus supplement and in
the accompanying prospectus to captions in these materials where you can find
further discussions. The following Table of Contents and the Table of Contents
included in the accompanying prospectus provide the pages on which these
captions are located.

    You should rely only on the information contained in this document,
including the information described under the heading 'Where You Can Find More
Information' in the accompanying prospectus. The depositor has not authorized
anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only
be used where it is legal to sell these notes.

    If you have received a copy of this prospectus supplement and accompanying
prospectus in an electronic format, and if the legal prospectus delivery period
has not expired, you may obtain a paper copy of this prospectus supplement and
the accompanying prospectus from NCT Funding Company, L.L.C., at 650 CIT Drive,
Livingston, New Jersey 07039, telephone number (973) 740-5000, or an underwriter
by asking any of them for it.

                                      S-2

<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT:
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY...............................   S-4
BACKGROUND INFORMATION......................................  S-12
RISK FACTORS................................................  S-12
THE OWNER TRUST.............................................  S-17
    The Owner Trust.........................................  S-17
    The Indenture...........................................  S-17
    Capitalization of the Owner Trust.......................  S-17
    The Owner Trustee.......................................  S-18
THE CONTRACTS...............................................  S-18
    Description of the Contracts............................  S-18
    Statistics Relating to the Initial Cut-Off Date Contract
       Pool.................................................  S-18
    Statistics Relating to Delinquencies and Defaults.......  S-23
SCHEDULED CASHFLOWS FROM THE CONTRACTS......................  S-27
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES..........................  S-28
THE CIT GROUP, INC..........................................  S-37
THE SELLER AND ORIGINATORS..................................  S-39
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE......................  S-45
    General.................................................  S-45
    Deposits................................................  S-46
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
    Distributions...........................................  S-46
    Interest................................................  S-48
    Principal...............................................  S-48
    Cash Collateral Account.................................  S-55
    Optional Purchase of Contracts and Redemption of
       Notes................................................  S-56
    Reports to Noteholders..................................  S-57
    Servicing...............................................  S-57
    The Indenture Trustee...................................  S-58
    Representations and Warranties..........................  S-58
    Indemnification.........................................  S-59
    Amendments..............................................  S-59
RATINGS OF THE NOTES........................................  S-59
USE OF PROCEEDS.............................................  S-60
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS...........................................  S-61
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION........................................  S-61
TAX MATTERS.................................................  S-62
LEGAL MATTERS...............................................  S-63
EXPERTS.....................................................  S-63
CIT EQUIPMENT COLLATERAL 2000-2 BALANCE SHEET AS OF AUGUST
  31, 2000..................................................  S-64
NOTES TO THE BALANCE SHEET..................................  S-64
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS..............................  S-65
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS......................................  S-66
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
PROSPECTUS:
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
  PROSPECTUS AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.....     4
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY..........................................     5
RISK FACTORS................................................    11
THE DEPOSITOR...............................................    19
THE OWNER TRUSTS............................................    21
NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP INC...................................    22
THE SERVICER................................................    23
THE SELLER AND ORIGINATORS..................................    24
THE CONTRACTS...............................................    33
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE......................    52
DESCRIPTION OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS.........    65
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES....................    70
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS........................................    77
RATINGS OF THE NOTES........................................    79
USE OF PROCEEDS.............................................    79
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION........................................    80
LEGAL MATTERS...............................................    80
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION.........................    80
INDEX OF TERMS..............................................    82
</TABLE>

                                      S-3

<PAGE>
                         PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SUMMARY

    The following is only a summary of note terms. It does not contain all
information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus. In addition, you may wish to read
the documents governing the transfers of the contracts, the formation of the
owner trust and the issuance of the notes. These documents have been filed as
exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus supplement is a
part.

    There are material risks associated with an investment in the notes. See
'Risk Factors' on page S-12 of this prospectus supplement and on page 11 in the
accompanying prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before
investing in the notes.

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Owner Trustee.............................  The owner trustee is Chase Manhattan Bank USA,
                                            National Association, acting not in its
                                            individual capacity but solely as owner
                                            trustee under the trust agreement with the
                                            depositor, and its telephone number is (302)
                                            428-3372. See 'The Owner Trust' in this
                                            prospectus supplement.

Originators...............................  CIT Financial USA, Inc., formerly known as
                                            Newcourt Financial USA Inc.

                                            CIT Technology Financing Services, Inc.,
                                            formerly known as Newcourt Leasing
                                            Corporation.

                                            Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation.

                                            The address of each originator is 650 CIT
                                            Drive, Livingston, New Jersey 07039.

Indenture and Indenture Trustee...........  The notes will be issued under an indenture.
                                            Allfirst Bank will serve as indenture trustee.
                                            See 'Description of the Notes and
                                            Indenture -- The Indenture Trustee' in this
                                            prospectus supplement.

Terms of the Notes:
   Payment Dates..........................  The 20th day of each month, or if that day is
                                            not a business day, the next business day,
                                            beginning on October 20, 2000.

   Interest...............................  See the cover page for the interest rates as
                                            to all classes.
</TABLE>

                                      S-4

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            Interest Periods:
                                            Interest on the notes will accrue in the
                                            following manner:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         FROM                  TO            DAY COUNT
                                           CLASS     (INCLUDING)          (EXCLUDING)       CONVENTION
                                           -----     -----------          -----------       ----------
<S>                                        <C>    <C>                 <C>                   <C>
                                            A-1   Prior Payment Date  Current Payment Date  Actual/360
                                            A-2   20th of prior       20th of current         30/360
                                                   month               month
                                            A-3   20th of prior       20th of current         30/360
                                                   month               month
                                            A-4   20th of prior       20th of current         30/360
                                                   month               month
                                             B    20th of prior       20th of current         30/360
                                                   month               month
                                             C    20th of prior       20th of current         30/360
                                                   month               month
                                             D    20th of prior       20th of current         30/360
                                                   month               month
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            On each payment date, after the owner trust
                                            repays any outstanding servicer advances and
                                            pays the servicer's monthly servicing fee, the
                                            owner trust will pay interest on the notes in
                                            the following order:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     CLASS OF            RECEIVES INTEREST
                                                      NOTES                BEFORE CLASS
                                                      -----                ------------
<S>                                        <C>                           <C>
                                              A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4      B, C and D
                                                        B                C and D
                                                        C                D
                                                        D                None
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            If the available funds are insufficient to pay
                                            interest on all classes of Class A Notes, the
                                            owner trust will apply the available funds pro
                                            rata to the classes of Class A Notes based on
                                            their respective principal balances.

                                            See 'Description of the Notes and Indenture --
                                            Distributions' in this prospectus supplement.

 Principal................................  After paying interest on the notes, the owner
                                            trust will pay principal on the notes on each
                                            payment date.

                                            In general, principal payments will be equal
                                            to the amount needed to decrease the aggregate
                                            note principal balance to the contract pool
                                            principal balance and will be allocated 94.0%
                                            to the Class A Notes, 1.5% to the Class B
                                            Notes, 2.0% to the Class C Notes and 2.5% to
                                            the Class D Notes.

                                            However, exceptions to this general rule
                                            include:

                                            Until the Class A-1 Notes are paid in full,
                                            the Class A-1 Notes will receive at least
                                             enough
</TABLE>

                                      S-5

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                             principal to reduce the principal amount of
                                             the Class A-1 Notes to the Class A-1
                                             Scheduled Principal Balance (see table in
                                             'Description of the Notes and
                                             Indenture -- Definitions Concerning Principal
                                             Payments' in this prospectus supplement). If
                                             there are insufficient prepayments or
                                             payments on the contracts, this requirement
                                             may limit principal payments on the Class B,
                                             Class C and Class D Notes.

                                             Principal payments will generally be made to
                                             the various Class A Notes sequentially; so
                                             that no principal will be paid on any class
                                             of Class A Notes until each class with a
                                             lower numerical designation has been paid in
                                             full, for instance, the Class A-3 Notes will
                                             not receive any principal until the
                                             Class A-1 and Class A-2 Notes are paid in
                                             full.

                                            This general description of distributions on
                                            the notes is subject to certain targets,
                                            floors, events of default and other
                                            qualifications. See 'Description of the Notes
                                            and Indenture -- Distributions' in this
                                            prospectus supplement.

Stated Maturity Dates.....................  The notes will mature on the respective dates
                                            shown on the cover of this prospectus
                                            supplement. However, if the stated maturity
                                            date is not a business day, then the stated
                                            maturity date will be the next business day.

Optional Redemption When the Aggregate
  Note Principal Amount is Less Than 10%
of Initial Contract Pool Principal
Balance...................................  CIT Financial USA, Inc., the seller of
                                            contracts to the depositor, has the option to
                                            purchase the owner trust's assets when the
                                            outstanding note principal balance is less
                                            than 10% of the initial contract pool
                                            principal balance. If the seller exercises
                                            this option, the indenture trustee will redeem
                                            all notes on the next payment date. The
                                            redemption price for each note will be the
                                            note's principal amount plus unpaid accrued
                                            interest to but excluding the redemption date.
</TABLE>

                                      S-6

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            The 'contract principal balance' of any
                                            contract is the present value of the unpaid
                                            scheduled payments due on that contract after
                                            the Cut-Off Date discounted at the discount
                                            rate, called the 'Discount Rate,' of       %.
                                            The 'contract pool principal balance' is the
                                            aggregate of the individual discounted
                                            contract principal balances.

                                            See 'Description of the Notes and Indenture --
                                            Optional Purchase of Contracts and Redemption
                                            of Notes' in this prospectus supplement.

Cut-Off Date..............................  September 1, 2000.

Closing Date..............................  On or about September [28], 2000.

Servicing; Servicing Fee..................  The servicer is Capita Corporation, formerly
                                            known as AT&T Capital Corporation. The
                                            servicer will be responsible for servicing,
                                            managing and administering the contracts and
                                            related interests, and enforcing and making
                                            collections on the contracts. The servicer is
                                            required to make advances for delinquent
                                            scheduled payments to the extent it determines
                                            in its sole discretion that advances will be
                                            recoverable in future periods. In the event
                                            that an entity other than an affiliate of CIT
                                            becomes a successor servicer, that entity
                                            shall have no obligation to make such servicer
                                            advances.

                                            Servicer advances are reimbursable from
                                            contract payments.

                                            See 'Description of the Pooling and Servicing
                                            Agreements -- Servicing' in the accompanying
                                            prospectus.

                                            The servicer's monthly fee will equal the
                                            product of

                                              one twelfth of 0.75 percent per annum; and

                                              the aggregate contract pool principal balance
                                              as of the first day of the related collection
                                              period.

                                            The servicer's fee is payable out of contract
                                            payments.

                                            The servicer will pay any sub-servicer
                                            servicing fees from its monthly servicing fee.

                                            See 'Description of the Notes and Indenture --
                                            Servicing' in this prospectus supplement.
</TABLE>

                                      S-7

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Ratings...................................  The owner trust will not issue any class of
                                            notes unless Standard & Poor's Ratings
                                            Services and Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
                                            assign at least the following ratings to each
                                            class of notes:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            CLASS  S&P   MOODY'S
                                            -----  ---   -------
<S>                                         <C>    <C>   <C>
                                            A-1    A-1+   P-1
                                            A-2    AAA    Aaa
                                            A-3    AAA    Aaa
                                            A-4    AAA    Aaa
                                            B       AA    Aa3
                                            C        A     A2
                                            D      BBB    Baa3
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            See 'Ratings of the Notes' in this prospectus
                                            supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

Owner Trust Assets

  A. The Contracts........................  The contracts will consist of the following:

                                              equipment lease contracts,

                                              installment payment agreements, and

                                              conditional sales and other financing
                                              agreements (including promissory notes and
                                              loan and security agreements).

                                            As of September 1, 2000, the pool of contracts
                                            for the owner trust had the following
                                            characteristics. Percentages are based on the
                                            statistical contract pool principal balance
                                            which is computed using an assumed discount
                                            rate of 7.75% (the 'Statistical Discount
                                            Rate'):

                                              initial statistical contract pool
                                              principal balance ........... $1,055,837,590

                                              number of contracts ................. 68,399

                                              average statistical contract
                                              pool principal balance ............. $15,436

                                              leases (true and finance)
                                              as a percentage of the initial
                                              statistical contract pool
                                              principal balance ................... 94.72%
</TABLE>

                                      S-8

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                             loans and other
                                             financing arrangements
                                             as a percentage of the
                                             initial statistical contract
                                             pool principal balance ............... 5.29%

                                             underlying equipment type concentration:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                                                          EQUIPMENT TYPE             CONCENTRATION
                                                          --------------             -------------
<S>                                              <C>                               <C>
                                                 computers and point of sale.....        47.28%
                                                 telecommunications..............        29.64%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            No other single type of equipment accounted
                                            for more than 5% of the initial statistical
                                            contract pool principal balance.
                                            Geographic concentration (based on obligor
                                            billing address):
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   PRINCIPAL BALANCE
                                                              STATE                  CONCENTRATION
                                                              -----                  -------------
<S>                                              <C>                               <C>
                                                 California......................        13.69%
                                                 Texas...........................         8.98%
                                                 New York........................         8.63%
                                                 New Jersey......................         6.05%
                                                 Florida.........................         5.14%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                                                No other state represented more than 5% of the
                                                initial contract pool principal balance.
                                              Remaining terms
                                              of the contracts ........ 4 months to 119 months

                                              The weighted average
                                              remaining term of the contracts ...... 41 months

                                              Weighted average
                                              age of the contracts ................ 4.5 months

                                            See 'The Contracts -- Statistics Relating to
                                            the Initial Cut-Off Date Contract Pool' in
                                            this prospectus supplement.

    B. Cash Collateral Account............  The indenture trustee will establish a cash
                                            collateral account having an initial balance
                                            of $ (6.50% of the initial contract pool
                                            principal balance) for the benefit of the
                                            noteholders, which may include proceeds of
                                            loans from third party lenders to the owner
                                            trust under a cash collateral account loan
                                            agreement. The indenture trustee
</TABLE>

                                      S-9

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            will use cash collateral account funds to pay
                                            the following amounts if payments on the
                                            contracts are insufficient:

                                              interest due on the notes;

                                              the excess of

                                              the aggregate note principal amount; over

                                              the contract pool principal balance as of the
                                              last day of the related collection period;
                                              and

                                              principal on the notes on the applicable
                                              stated maturity date.

                                            To the extent that the amount on deposit in
                                            the cash collateral account as of any payment
                                            date is less than the required amount, any
                                            remaining amount available in the collection
                                            account, after payment of any reimbursement of
                                            servicer advances, the servicing fee and
                                            interest and principal then due and payable on
                                            the notes, will be transferred to the cash
                                            collateral account to restore this deficiency.
                                            The required amount of the cash collateral
                                            account will be, for any payment date, the
                                            greater of:

                                            (a) the sum of

                                                (1) 6.50% of the contract pool principal
                                                    balance as of the last day of the related
                                                    collection period, plus

                                                (2) the excess, if any, of

                                                    (A) the sum of the principal amounts of the
                                                        notes, after giving effect to all
                                                        distributions of principal on that payment
                                                        date, over

                                                    (B) the contract pool principal balance as of
                                                        the last day of the related collection
                                                        period, and

                                            (b) $            (1.25% of the initial
                                                contract pool principal balance).

                                            However, in no event will the required amount
                                            exceed the aggregate principal amount of the
                                            notes.

                                            See 'Description of the Notes and Indenture --
                                            Cash Collateral Account' in this prospectus
                                            supplement.
</TABLE>

                                      S-10

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Use of Proceeds...........................  After the deposit of funds from the note sale
                                            proceeds into the cash collateral account and
                                            payment of expenses, the indenture trustee
                                            will pay the remaining proceeds of the sale of
                                            notes to the depositor. The depositor will pay
                                            the proceeds to a warehousing trust and to CIT
                                            Financial USA, Inc. in payment of the purchase
                                            price of contracts acquired from each of them.
                                            See 'Use of Proceeds' in this prospectus
                                            supplement.

Legal Investment..........................  The Class A-1 Notes will be eligible
                                            securities for purchase by money market funds
                                            under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company
                                            Act of 1940.
</TABLE>

                                      S-11

<PAGE>
                             BACKGROUND INFORMATION

    The information in this section will help you understand the information in
this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

    The principal balance of any contract is the present value of the unpaid
scheduled payments due on the contract after a cut-off date. The principal
balance of a contract excludes all scheduled payments due on or prior to, but
not received as of, that date, as well as any scheduled payments due after but
received before that date. The principal balance also excludes any prepayments
received on or prior to that date. The scheduled payments are discounted monthly
at the rate of    % per annum.

    The aggregate principal balance of the contracts expected to be held by the
owner trust as of any particular date is referred to as the contract pool
principal balance. The contract pool principal balance, as of the initial
cut-off date, is referred to as the initial contract pool principal balance or
the initial contract pool. The initial contract pool principal balance is
$          . This amount is based upon the contract pool principal balance
determined as of the initial cut-off date, but also includes an amount in
respect of scheduled payments on the contracts due prior to, but not received as
of, the initial cut-off date. The initial cut-off date is September 1, 2000 for
all contracts transferred to the owner trust on the closing date for the sale of
the notes. The cut-off date will be the first day of the month of transfer to
the owner trust for each substitute contract.

    Contract balance percentages and amounts discussed below are based on the
aggregate principal balance of the contracts being transferred to the owner
trust as of the initial cut-off date, unless a different date is noted. Changes
in the characteristics of the contract pool between the initial cut-off date and
the closing date will not affect more than 5% of the initial contract pool
principal balance.

                                  RISK FACTORS

    You should carefully consider the following risk factors before you invest
in the notes. You should also carefully consider the risk factors beginning on
page 11 of the accompanying prospectus.

FUTURE CONTRACT DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE OF THE CONTRACT POOL MAY VARY
SUBSTANTIALLY FROM THE ORIGINATORS' HISTORICAL EXPERIENCE

    The depositor presents the historical contract delinquency and loss
experience of the originators' portfolios of contracts similar to those being
transferred to the owner trust under 'The Contracts -- Statistics Relating to
Delinquencies and Defaults.' However, the actual results for the owner trust's
contracts could be substantially worse. If so, you may not receive note interest
and principal payments in the amounts and at the times you expect.

SOME NOTE CLASSES WILL BE ENTITLED TO INTEREST OR PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS BEFORE
OTHER NOTE CLASSES

    The owner trust will pay interest, principal or both on some classes of
notes prior to paying interest, principal or both on other classes of notes. The
subordination of

                                      S-12

<PAGE>
some classes of notes to others means that the subordinated classes are more
likely to suffer the consequences of delinquent payments and defaults on the
contracts than the classes having prior payment rights. See 'Description of the
Notes and Indenture -- Distributions' and 'Cash Collateral Account' in this
prospectus supplement.

    Moreover, the more senior classes of notes could lose the credit enhancement
provided by the more subordinate classes and the cash collateral account if
delinquencies and defaults on contracts increase and the collections on
contracts and amounts in the cash collateral account are insufficient to pay
even the more senior classes of notes.

ADVERSE EVENTS IN HIGH CONCENTRATION STATES MAY CAUSE INCREASED DEFAULTS AND
DELINQUENCIES

    If adverse events or economic conditions were particularly severe in a
geographic region where there is a substantial concentration of obligors, the
amount of delinquent payments and defaults on the contracts may increase. As a
result, the overall timing and amount of collections on the contracts held by
the owner trust may differ from what you expect, and you may experience delays
or reductions in payments.

    The following are the approximate percentages of the initial statistical
contract pool principal balance of the owner trust's contracts whose obligors
are located in the following states:

        13.69% in California,

        8.98% in Texas,

        8.63% in New York,

        6.05% in New Jersey, and

        5.14% in Florida.

The remaining states accounted for 57.51% of the initial statistical contract
pool principal balance, and none of these remaining states accounted for more
than 5% of the initial statistical contract pool principal balance.

    The depositor does not know of any matters likely to increase the rate of
delinquencies or defaults in these states. An example of an adverse event
specific to a geographic region is the possibility of a catastrophic earthquake
in California. An earthquake in California could have negative regional economic
repercussions and potentially cause obligors in that region to delay or reduce
their payments on contracts. Additionally, a substantial downturn in the
financial services industry, which is highly concentrated in the states of New
York and New Jersey, or in the oil and gas industry, which is concentrated in
the state of Texas, or in the tourism industry in the state of Florida, could
reduce revenues for obligors in those states and ultimately reduce the
associated obligors' ability to make timely payments on their related contracts.

                                      S-13

<PAGE>
ADVERSE ECONOMIC CONDITIONS IN HIGH CONCENTRATION INDUSTRIES MAY CAUSE INCREASED
DEFAULTS AND DELINQUENCIES

    If the industries in which there is a substantial concentration of contracts
experience adverse events or economic conditions, the timing and amount of
collections on the contracts held by the owner trust may differ from what you
expect. This could result in delays or reduced payments to you. As of the
initial cut-off date, of the statistical contract pool principal balance,
approximately

        37.17% related to equipment used in the services industry, excluding
        medical and financial services,

        17.65% related to the manufacturing industry,

        10.24% related to the retail and wholesale trade industry,

        8.67% related to equipment used in the transportation industry,

        8.06% related to equipment used in the medical and healthcare industry,

        6.48% related to the financial services industry.

While the depositor does not know of any industry conditions, practices or other
matters likely to increase the rate of delinquencies or defaults on contracts
with end-users in these industries, some of them may be adversely affected by
various economic conditions. For example, a rise in interest rates may weaken
the demand for construction services. Moreover, the retail trade industry is
dependent upon the level of consumer confidence and spending. Adverse
developments concerning these conditions will tend to increase the rate of
delinquencies and defaults by contract obligors in those industries. This, in
turn, could result in reductions of or delays in the collection of funds for
payment of the notes.

    As shown in the table under the heading 'Types of Obligor' in the section
titled 'The Contracts,' the depositor's records list 7.97% of the statistical
contract pool principal balance in the category of 'Other' obligor. The
depositor notes that the collateral securing approximately 4.02% of the
statistical contract pool principal balance represents small ticket computer
equipment typically leased to small businesses. The remaining 'Other' obligor
category represents approximately 3.95% of the statistical contract pool
principal balance. The depositor does not believe that any other industry
accounts for more than 5% of the statistical contract pool principal balance.
However, the depositor has not analyzed this category to determine whether or
not the contracts included in it could be grouped into some other more specific
type of obligor category. Any contracts in this 'Other' category that relate to
any particular industry would be subject to all economic and other risks
associated with that industry. Any adverse developments in that industry will
tend to increase the rate of delinquencies and defaults by contract obligors in
that industry. This, in turn, could result in reductions or delays in collection
of funds for payment of the notes.

PRODUCT DEFECTS OR OBSOLESCENCE OR ADVERSE ECONOMIC EVENTS FOR TWO VENDORS
ACCOUNTING FOR HIGH PROPORTIONS OF THE CONTRACTS MAY CAUSE INCREASED DEFAULTS
AND DELINQUENCIES

    Leases relating to products of Lucent Technologies Inc., a leading producer
of communications systems, software and products accounted for approximately
29.12%

                                      S-14

<PAGE>
of the statistical contract pool principal balance calculated as of the initial
cut-off date. Leases relating to products of Dell Computer Corporation, a
leading producer of computer systems, accounted for approximately 41.78% of the
statistical contract pool principal balance calculated as of the initial cut-off
date. Although the depositor is unaware of conditions likely to increase the
rate of defaults or delinquencies on contracts pertaining to equipment produced
by these two vendors, some events concerning these vendors or their products
could have that effect. For example, if either of these vendors were to
experience financial difficulties, the obligors' payment performance with
respect to the related contracts may decline as the obligors may be less
inclined to make payments on contracts with respect to a vendor which is
suffering financial difficulties. Additionally, the occurrence of a substantial
number of defects in products produced by either of these vendors may result in
decisions by the obligors on the contracts relating to equipment that proved
defective not to pay the contract amounts, to pay late or to pay smaller
amounts. This could result in reductions of or delays in payments you expect on
the notes. Moreover, obsolescence of the products of either of these vendors
could result in prepayments of contracts that would cause the notes to be paid
earlier than you expect. No other single vendor originated more than 10% of the
statistical contract pool principal balance as of the initial cut-off date.

PRODUCT DEFECTS OR OBSOLESCENCE OF TYPES OF EQUIPMENT ACCOUNTING FOR HIGH
PROPORTIONS OF THE CONTRACTS MAY CAUSE INCREASED DEFAULTS OR DELINQUENCIES

    If the types of equipment in which contracts are concentrated suffer
unexpectedly high rates of defects or become obsolete, the obligors on the
contracts may default, pay late or pay less than the amounts owed on the
contracts. This could result in reductions of or delays in payments you expect
on the notes.

    As of the initial cut-off date, of the statistical contract pool principal
balance, approximately

        47.28% related to contracts involving computer and point-of-sale
        equipment, and

        29.64% related to contracts involving telecommunications equipment.

The depositor does not believe that any other type of equipment accounts for
more than 5.00% of the statistical contract pool principal balance. However, as
shown in the table under the heading 'Types of Equipment' in the section titled
'The Contracts,' the depositor's records list 3.47% of the statistical contract
pool principal balance in the category of 'Other' types of equipment. The
depositor has not analyzed this category to determine whether or not the
contracts included in it could be grouped into some other more specific type of
equipment category. Any contracts in this 'Other' category that relate to any
particular type of equipment would be subject to all defect, obsolescence and
other risks associated with that type of equipment. Any adverse developments
concerning that type of equipment will tend to increase the rate of
delinquencies and defaults by obligors on contracts involving that type of
equipment. This, in turn, could result in reductions or delays in collection of
funds for payment of the notes.

                                      S-15

<PAGE>
THE OWNER TRUST'S NOT HAVING SECURITY INTERESTS IN COMPUTER SOFTWARE AND
SERVICES WILL LEAVE THE OWNER TRUST WITHOUT COLLATERAL FOR THE ASSOCIATED
CONTRACTS

    The owner trust will have no security interest in computer software and
computer services contracts, which accounted for 1.67% of the initial
statistical contract pool principal balance. If the obligor on this type of
contract fails to pay or is late in paying, the owner trust will have no
recourse to the software or services, as the case may be, underlying the
contracts. This increases the risk that the owner trust will be unable to pay or
will be late in paying the amounts you expect on the notes.

COMPLETED BUSINESS COMBINATIONS MAY AFFECT THE DEPOSITOR'S, ORIGINATORS' AND
SERVICER'S OPERATIONS

    On November 15, 1999, CIT acquired Newcourt. At the time of the acquisition
of Newcourt by CIT, Newcourt was the indirect parent company of the depositor,
originators and servicer. Prior to the acquisition of Newcourt by CIT, Newcourt
had completed a number of acquisitions during the previous five years, including
the acquisition of AT&T Capital Corporation in 1998. See 'Newcourt Credit Group
Inc. -- Acquisitions' in the accompanying prospectus. The integration of
Newcourt by CIT will continue to require a significant amount of management
time. Diversion of management attention from existing operations and the task of
integrating acquired businesses and their systems may affect the originators'
portfolio of receivables similar to the contracts in the future. See 'The
Contracts -- Losses and Recoveries -- Six Months Ended 6/30/00' and ' -- Twelve
Months Ended 12/31/99 versus Twelve Months Ended 12/31/98' in this prospectus
supplement.

    The acquisition transaction involved the integration of two companies that
had different corporate cultures and that previously operated independently. In
addition, the composition of the combined company's management is new. The
success of the combined company will depend to a significant degree on the
compatibility of its key executives and its ability to retain highly-skilled
personnel. It is not certain that the two companies will be able to integrate
their operations without encountering difficulties, including

        incompatibility of key executives,

        the loss of key employees and customers,

        the disruption of ongoing businesses, or

        possible inconsistencies in systems, standards, procedures and policies.

It is possible that the servicer's operations and ability to provide the
services required under the pooling and servicing agreement could be disrupted
as a result.

TRANSFERS OF ASSETS AND EXITING OF LINES OF BUSINESS MAY AFFECT THE SERVICER

    CIT continues to evaluate each of its business lines for profitability and
strategic purposes. Certain business lines have been and may continue to be
transferred among CIT's business segments. See 'The CIT Group, Inc.' in this
prospectus supplement. CIT may choose to exit non-strategic or non-profitable
business lines. The transfer of

                                      S-16

<PAGE>
business lines within CIT or the exiting by CIT of a line of business may
adversely affect portfolio servicing.

COMMINGLING OF FUNDS MAY RESULT IN LOSS OF RECEIPTS DUE TO BE PAID TO
NOTEHOLDERS

    Under the pooling and servicing agreement the servicer is permitted to
deposit collections on the contracts into the collection account once each
month. Before making the required deposit into the collection account, the
servicer will be permitted to invest those funds at its own risk and for its own
benefit. Prior to depositing the funds into the collection account, those funds
will be commingled with the servicer's other assets. If the servicer is unable
to deposit the funds or if the servicer becomes insolvent, the noteholders could
incur a loss from such a failure.

                                THE OWNER TRUST

THE OWNER TRUST

    The depositor created the owner trust on August 31, 2000 under a trust
agreement, which the parties will amend and restate on the closing date for the
sale of the notes, between the depositor and the owner trustee.

    Under a pooling and servicing agreement, dated as of September 1, 2000,
among

        the depositor,

        the owner trust,

        CIT Financial USA, Inc., an originator and the seller of contracts to
        the depositor, and

        the servicer,

the depositor will transfer all of the contracts and the related security
interests to the owner trust. As noted in 'The Seller and
Originators -- Underwriting and Servicing -- Documentation' and 'The
Contracts -- Software and Services' in the accompanying prospectus, some
transferred contracts will not have associated security interests.

    The owner trust will issue an equity certificate, representing the
beneficial ownership interest in the owner trust, to the depositor. The equity
certificate will be entitled to any excess amount available on any payment date
after reimbursement of servicer advances and payment of servicing fees,
principal and interest then due and payable on the notes and amounts then due
and payable in connection with the cash collateral account. See 'Description of
the Notes and Indenture -- Distributions' in this prospectus supplement. The
depositor is not offering and selling the equity certificate under this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.

THE INDENTURE

    Under an indenture dated as of September 1, 2000 between the owner trust and
Allfirst Bank, as indenture trustee, the indenture trustee will authenticate and
deliver the notes.

CAPITALIZATION OF THE OWNER TRUST

    If the issuance and sale of the notes had taken place on the initial cut-off
date, the capitalization of the owner trust on that date would have consisted of
notes with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $1,055,837,590 and an
equity certificate.

                                      S-17

<PAGE>
THE OWNER TRUSTEE

    Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association will be the owner trustee
under the trust agreement. The owner trustee is a national banking association
and its principal offices are located at 1201 North Market Street, Wilmington,
DE 19801.

                                 THE CONTRACTS

DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS

    All of the contracts are commercial, rather than consumer, leases, loans or
agreements. See 'The Contracts' in the accompanying prospectus.

STATISTICS RELATING TO THE INITIAL CUT-OFF DATE CONTRACT POOL

    The following tables set forth the characteristics of the contracts as of
the initial cut-off date and are computed using the Statistical Discount Rate of
7.75%. Since the Discount Rate is dependent on the note interest rates, the
depositor expects the discount rate at pricing to be slightly different from the
Statistical Discount Rate. While the statistical distribution of the collateral
characteristics as of the closing date calculated at the Discount Rate
(determined at pricing) will vary somewhat from the statistical distribution of
such characteristics as of the initial cut-off date calculated at the
Statistical Discount Rate as presented in this prospectus supplement, such
variance is not expected to be material. The percentages and balances set forth
in each of the following tables may not total due to rounding.

             COMPOSITION OF THE INITIAL CUT-OFF DATE CONTRACT POOL

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          AVERAGE
                              INITIAL             WEIGHTED            WEIGHTED          STATISTICAL
                            STATISTICAL            AVERAGE             AVERAGE         CONTRACT POOL
                           CONTRACT POOL          ORIGINAL            REMAINING          PRINCIPAL
 NUMBER OF                   PRINCIPAL              TERM                TERM              BALANCE
 CONTRACTS                    BALANCE              (RANGE)             (RANGE)            (RANGE)
 ---------                    -------              -------             -------            -------
<S>                        <C>                 <C>                  <C>                <C>
68,399                     $1,055,837,590        45.4 months         41.0 months          $15,436
                                                (4 months to        (4 months to         ($976 to
                                                 121 months)         119 months)       $14,127,085)
</TABLE>

                               TYPE OF CONTRACTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           INITIAL       % OF INITIAL
                                                         STATISTICAL      STATISTICAL
                               AGGREGATE   % OF TOTAL   CONTRACT POOL    CONTRACT POOL
                               NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
TYPE OF CONTRACT               CONTRACTS   CONTRACTS       BALANCE          BALANCE
----------------               ---------   ---------       -------          -------
<S>                            <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>
True Leases..................   48,487        70.89%    $  682,669,444       64.66%
Finance Leases...............   19,483        28.48        317,355,629       30.06
Loans and other financing
  arrangements...............      429         0.63         55,812,518        5.29
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
    Total....................   68,399       100.00%    $1,055,837,590      100.00%
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
</TABLE>

                                      S-18

<PAGE>
                             GEOGRAPHICAL DIVERSITY
                       (BASED ON OBLIGOR BILLING ADDRESS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 INITIAL       % OF INITIAL
                                                               STATISTICAL      STATISTICAL
                                     AGGREGATE   % OF TOTAL   CONTRACT POOL    CONTRACT POOL
                                     NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
STATE                                CONTRACTS   CONTRACTS       BALANCE          BALANCE
-----                                ---------   ---------       -------          -------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>
Alabama............................      702         1.03%    $    5,875,981        0.56%
Alaska.............................      116         0.17          1,652,655        0.16
Arizona............................    1,259         1.84         21,234,122        2.01
Arkansas...........................      365         0.53          3,852,550        0.36
California.........................    9,104        13.31        144,549,618       13.69
Colorado...........................    1,390         2.03         19,360,205        1.83
Connecticut........................    1,277         1.87         14,497,480        1.37
Delaware...........................      500         0.73          4,488,402        0.43
District of Columbia...............      462         0.68          6,419,801        0.61
Florida............................    4,293         6.28         54,256,667        5.14
Georgia............................    2,040         2.98         32,438,684        3.07
Hawaii.............................       52         0.08            429,404        0.04
Idaho..............................      280         0.41          3,360,925        0.32
Illinois...........................    1,017         1.49         23,548,800        2.23
Indiana............................      942         1.38         14,576,509        1.38
Iowa...............................      273         0.40          2,935,996        0.28
Kansas.............................      352         0.51         20,081,431        1.90
Kentucky...........................      591         0.86          6,488,591        0.61
Louisiana..........................      563         0.82          6,588,076        0.62
Maine..............................       59         0.09            920,461        0.09
Maryland...........................    1,492         2.18         21,895,731        2.07
Massachusetts......................    2,916         4.26         49,040,908        4.64
Michigan...........................    2,530         3.70         40,251,935        3.81
Minnesota..........................    1,044         1.53         18,568,970        1.76
Mississippi........................      334         0.49          4,124,474        0.39
Missouri...........................    1,109         1.62         36,534,234        3.46
Montana............................      191         0.28          2,521,486        0.24
Nebraska...........................      218         0.32          2,654,111        0.25
Nevada.............................      422         0.62          4,693,978        0.44
New Hampshire......................      463         0.68          4,753,219        0.45
New Jersey.........................    3,904         5.71         63,845,630        6.05
New Mexico.........................      356         0.52          3,176,547        0.30
New York...........................    6,618         9.68         91,079,604        8.63
North Carolina.....................    1,695         2.48         22,496,659        2.13
North Dakota.......................       54         0.08            568,243        0.05
Ohio...............................    2,027         2.96         21,088,559        2.00
Oklahoma...........................      608         0.89          9,650,640        0.91
Oregon.............................      772         1.13         13,032,682        1.23
Pennsylvania.......................    3,253         4.76         48,554,512        4.60
Rhode Island.......................      247         0.36          2,644,695        0.25
South Carolina.....................      672         0.98          8,800,257        0.83
South Dakota.......................       63         0.09            653,865        0.06
Tennessee..........................    1,226         1.79         16,320,151        1.55
Texas..............................    5,506         8.05         94,837,987        8.98
Utah...............................      522         0.76          7,361,974        0.70
Vermont............................      194         0.28          1,730,601        0.16
Virginia...........................    1,972         2.88         33,859,418        3.21
Washington.........................    1,227         1.79         26,897,739        2.55
West Virginia......................      224         0.33          2,034,960        0.19
Wisconsin..........................      794         1.16         13,829,088        1.31
Wyoming............................      109         0.16            778,376        0.07
                                      ------       ------     --------------      ------
    Total..........................   68,399       100.00%    $1,055,837,590      100.00%
                                      ------       ------     --------------      ------
                                      ------       ------     --------------      ------
</TABLE>

                                      S-19

<PAGE>
                                 PAYMENT STATUS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           INITIAL       % OF INITIAL
                                                         STATISTICAL      STATISTICAL
                               AGGREGATE   % OF TOTAL   CONTRACT POOL    CONTRACT POOL
                               NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
DAYS DELINQUENT                CONTRACTS   CONTRACTS       BALANCE          BALANCE
---------------                ---------   ---------       -------          -------
<S>                            <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>
Current, including 1 to 30
  day delinquent contracts...   65,754        96.13%    $1,021,512,889       96.75%
31 - 60 days delinquent......    2,645         3.87         34,324,701        3.25
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
    Total....................   68,399       100.00%    $1,055,837,590      100.00%
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
</TABLE>

                               TYPES OF EQUIPMENT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           INITIAL       % OF INITIAL
                                                         STATISTICAL      STATISTICAL
                               AGGREGATE   % OF TOTAL   CONTRACT POOL    CONTRACT POOL
                               NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
TYPE OF EQUIPMENT              CONTRACTS   CONTRACTS       BALANCE          BALANCE
-----------------              ---------   ---------       -------          -------
<S>                            <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>
Computer & Point-of-Sale.....   42,991        62.85%    $  499,188,734       47.28%
Telecommunications...........   14,448        21.12        312,994,103       29.64
Medical/Healthcare...........      196         0.29         50,184,435        4.75
Automotive Diagnostic
  Equipment..................    4,197         6.14         47,265,499        4.48
General Office Equipment.....    3,126         4.57         43,040,020        4.08
Other........................    2,010         2.94         36,662,337        3.47
Construction.................      339         0.50         20,995,629        1.99
Computer Software............      190         0.28         17,655,489        1.67
Manufacturing................      455         0.67         14,719,355        1.39
Printing.....................      142         0.21          5,540,575        0.52
Transportation...............       95         0.14          4,095,925        0.39
Commercial/Retail Fixtures...      210         0.31          3,495,490        0.33
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
    Total....................   68,399       100.00%    $1,055,837,590      100.00%
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
</TABLE>

As shown in the table above, the depositor's records list 3.47% of the initial
statistical contract pool principal balance in the category of 'Other'
equipment. The depositor has not analyzed the contracts included in the category
'Other' in the above table to determine whether or not the contracts included in
it could be grouped into some other more specific type of equipment category.

                                      S-20

<PAGE>
                           CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             INITIAL       % OF INITIAL
                                                           STATISTICAL      STATISTICAL
                                 AGGREGATE   % OF TOTAL   CONTRACT POOL    CONTRACT POOL
                                 NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCE       CONTRACTS   CONTRACTS       BALANCE          BALANCE
--------------------------       ---------   ---------       -------          -------
<S>                              <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>
         0.01 to      5,000.00... 35,932        52.53%    $  103,121,202        9.77%
     5,000.01 to     10,000.00... 14,384        21.03        101,475,825        9.61
    10,000.01 to     15,000.00...  6,005         8.78         73,173,301        6.93
    15,000.01 to     25,000.00...  4,980         7.28         95,568,592        9.05
    25,000.01 to     50,000.00...  4,094         5.99        142,522,485       13.50
    50,000.01 to    100,000.00...  1,605         2.35        110,495,204       10.47
   100,000.01 to    150,000.00...    540         0.79         65,480,130        6.20
   150,000.01 to    250,000.00...    404         0.59         78,604,288        7.44
   250,000.01 to    500,000.00...    291         0.43        103,050,922        9.76
   500,000.01 to  1,000,000.00...    109         0.16         74,863,669        7.09
 1,000,000.01 to  1,500,000.00...     33         0.05         39,168,796        3.71
 1,500,000.01 to  2,500,000.00...     16         0.02         29,492,790        2.79
 2,500,000.01 to  5,000,000.00...      3         0.00         10,093,974        0.96
 5,000,000.01 to 14,127,084.70...      3         0.00         28,726,412        2.72
                                  ------       ------     --------------      ------
    Total........................ 68,399       100.00%    $1,055,837,590      100.00%
                                  ------       ------     --------------      ------
                                  ------       ------     --------------      ------
</TABLE>

                          REMAINING TERMS OF CONTRACTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           INITIAL       % OF INITIAL
                                                         STATISTICAL      STATISTICAL
                               AGGREGATE   % OF TOTAL   CONTRACT POOL    CONTRACT POOL
                               NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
REMAINING TERMS OF CONTRACTS   CONTRACTS   CONTRACTS       BALANCE          BALANCE
----------------------------   ---------   ---------       -------          -------
           (MONTHS)
<S>                            <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>
  1 -  12....................    1,201         1.76%    $   14,513,975        1.37%
 13 -  24....................    9,922        14.51        174,270,809       16.51
 25 -  36....................   39,687        58.02        415,505,284       39.35
 37 -  48....................    6,126         8.96        121,830,865       11.54
 49 -  60....................   11,092        16.22        268,595,330       25.44
 61 -  72....................      217         0.32         10,125,683        0.96
 73 -  84....................       61         0.09         12,117,946        1.15
 85 -  96....................        5         0.01            912,987        0.09
 97 - 120....................       88         0.13         37,964,712        3.60
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
    Total....................   68,399       100.00%    $1,055,837,590      100.00%
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
</TABLE>

                                      S-21

<PAGE>
                                TYPES OF OBLIGOR

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           INITIAL       % OF INITIAL
                                                         STATISTICAL      STATISTICAL
                               AGGREGATE   % OF TOTAL   CONTRACT POOL    CONTRACT POOL
                               NUMBER OF   NUMBER OF      PRINCIPAL        PRINCIPAL
TYPES OF OBLIGORS              CONTRACTS   CONTRACTS       BALANCE          BALANCE
-----------------              ---------   ---------       -------          -------
<S>                            <C>         <C>          <C>              <C>
Service Organizations........   28,554        41.75%    $  392,472,638       37.17%
Manufacturing................    7,887        11.53        186,384,782       17.65
Retail & Wholesale...........    8,776        12.83        108,106,962       10.24
Transportation...............    2,541         3.71         91,491,658        8.67
Medical/Healthcare...........    2,722         3.98         85,066,051        8.06
Other........................    9,205        13.46         84,122,084        7.97
Financial Services...........    4,608         6.74         68,469,716        6.48
Construction.................    2,409         3.52         17,564,396        1.66
Printing & Copy Centers......      732         1.07         10,083,774        0.96
Government...................      264         0.39          5,977,217        0.57
Resources....................      663         0.97          5,316,699        0.50
Machine Tools................       38         0.06            781,615        0.07
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
    Total....................   68,399       100.00%    $1,055,837,590      100.00%
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
                                ------       ------     --------------      ------
</TABLE>

As shown in the table above, the depositor's records list 7.97% of the initial
statistical contract pool principal balance in the category of 'Other' types of
obligor. The depositor notes that the collateral securing approximately 4.02% of
the statistical contract pool principal balance represents small ticket computer
equipment typically leased to small businesses. The remaining 'Other' obligor
category represents approximately 3.95% of the initial statistical contract pool
principal balance. The depositor has not analyzed this category to determine
whether or not the contracts included in it could be grouped into some other
more specific type of obligor category.

                             OBLIGOR CONCENTRATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               AGGREGATE     INITIAL STATISTICAL     % OF INITIAL STATISTICAL
OBLIGORS (INCLUDING CONTRACTS  NUMBER OF   CONTRACT POOL PRINCIPAL   CONTRACT POOL PRINCIPAL
   SECURING VENDOR LOANS)      CONTRACTS           BALANCE                   BALANCE
   ----------------------      ---------           -------                   -------
<S>                            <C>         <C>                       <C>
Top 5.......................      468            $62,297,226                   5.91%
</TABLE>

                                      S-22

<PAGE>
STATISTICS RELATING TO DELINQUENCIES AND DEFAULTS

    The following table sets forth the delinquency experience at December 31 for
the years 1995 to 1999, and at June 30, 1999 and June 30, 2000, of the
portfolios of receivables similar to and including the contracts originated and
serviced by the originators. The originators listed on page S-4 used the
underwriting standards described in the accompanying prospectus under the
section titled 'The Seller and Originators -- Underwriting -- General' and under
the section titled 'The Seller and Originators' in this prospectus supplement
for all of these receivables. For these purposes, a 'delinquency' generally
means that the obligor on the contract has failed to make a required scheduled
payment in an amount equal to at least 90% of the required scheduled payment
within 30 days of the due date. For these purposes, any payment made by the
obligor on a contract subsequent to the required payment date is applied to the
earliest payment which was unpaid. Contracts included in the pool to be
securitized are no more than 60 days delinquent as of the initial cut-off date.
These statistics are not necessarily indicative of the future performance of the
contracts. Depending on the originator and the period, the statistics for the
following table are based on the net investment, gross receivable or principal
balance of the contracts. Net investment is the sum of all payments plus any
expected equipment residual value under a contract discounted to present value
using the contract's implicit interest rate. The gross receivable is the
undiscounted sum of all payments under a contract. The principal balance is the
present value of the scheduled payments of a contract discounted at the
applicable securitization pool discount rate. The delinquency percentage is
calculated by dividing the dollar amount of the delinquent contract balance by
the total contract balance.

                             CONTRACT DELINQUENCIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     PERCENTAGE OF CONTRACT BALANCES
                                                          WHICH WERE DELINQUENT
                                                 ---------------------------------------
                                   CONTRACT      31 TO 60   61 TO 90    OVER 90
AT                                 BALANCE         DAYS       DAYS       DAYS      TOTAL
--                                 -------         ----       ----       ----      -----
                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>              <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>
12/31/1995....................    $5,118,569      3.05%      0.72%       1.07%     4.84%
12/31/1996....................    $5,761,927      3.68%      0.98%       1.21%     5.88%
12/31/1997....................    $6,318,858      2.79%      0.89%       1.12%     4.80%
12/31/1998....................    $7,647,518      4.30%      1.30%       1.95%     7.55%
12/31/1999....................    $9,973,484      3.83%      1.46%       2.15%     7.44%
6/30/1999.....................    $8,862,040      3.73%      1.36%       1.84%     6.93%
6/30/2000.....................    $8,543,615      4.05%      1.59%       2.35%     7.98%
</TABLE>

                                      S-23

<PAGE>
                             LOSSES AND RECOVERIES

    The following table shows statistics for gross losses and losses net of
recoveries on defaulted contracts similar to the contracts originated and
serviced by the originators during the twelve-month period ending December 31 in
each of the past five years and for the six month period (annualized) ending
June 30, 2000. Gross losses means total losses before recoveries measured
against the net investment or principal balance of the contracts, gross of any
allowance for losses. Net losses means losses after recoveries measured against
the net investment or principal balance of the contracts, gross of any allowance
for losses. All loss amounts prior to June 30, 2000 are measured based on a
rolling 12 month basis. Loss amounts as of June 30, 2000 are based on annualized
year to date losses as of June 30, 2000. As a result of the re-alignment of
businesses (and the transfer of portfolios between CIT business units)
subsequent to the CIT acquisition of Newcourt in 1999, comparable six month
annualized loss statistics as of June 30, 1999 are not available. These
statistics are not necessarily indicative of the future performance of the
contracts.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  AGGREGATE NET    GROSS LOSSES AS A    NET LOSSES AS A
                                  INVESTMENT OF    PERCENTAGE OF NET   PERCENTAGE OF NET
TWELVE MONTHS ENDED                 CONTRACTS         INVESTMENT          INVESTMENT
-------------------                 ---------         ----------          ----------
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>               <C>                 <C>
12/31/1995.....................    $4,659,212            1.58%               1.16%
12/31/1996.....................    $5,690,551            1.67%               1.33%
12/31/1997.....................    $6,426,531            1.60%               1.25%
12/31/1998.....................    $7,690,990            1.52%               1.14%
12/31/1999.....................    $9,973,484            1.52%               1.25%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
----------------
<S>                              <C>               <C>                 <C>
6/30/2000......................    $8,543,615            2.30%               1.51%
</TABLE>

    The data presented in the preceding tables are for illustrative purposes
only. Such data relate to the performance of the portfolio of receivables,
similar to the contracts, originated and serviced by the originators, and are
not historical data regarding the contracts alone, since the contracts
constitute only a portion of the originators' portfolio.

SIX MONTHS ENDED 6/30/00

    Contract delinquencies increased from 7.44% at December 31, 1999 to 7.98% as
of June 30, 2000. The delinquency levels are high versus historical trends as a
result of the integration issues related to Newcourt's acquisition of AT&T
Capital Corporation. Additionally, during 1999 Newcourt converted several
portfolios to new lease accounting systems, and moved some of its small to mid
ticket collection activities to a centralized call center located in Memphis,
TN. These moves resulted in an increase in administrative delinquencies due to
payment misapplications and billing errors associated with the systems
conversions. Increased delinquency levels were also a result of the addition of
new employees in Memphis who were not as experienced in the collection of
commercial equipment leases and loans, resulting in less aggressive collections
and follow-up efforts. Further distraction surrounding the CIT acquisition of
Newcourt in 1999 also contributed to higher than historical delinquency levels.
Upon the acquisition of Newcourt by CIT, a comprehensive review of the current

                                      S-24

<PAGE>
collection systems was undertaken. In the early part of 2000, CIT announced the
closing of the Memphis call center and began transitioning, in phases, the
collection activity for some of the originators' small and mid ticket portfolios
to the applicable 'origination center'. Each origination center has full
responsibility for the origination and management of the applicable portfolio.
During the first half of 2000, all of the small ticket portfolios serviced out
of Memphis were moved to origination units located in Jacksonville, FL,
Parsippany, NJ and Chicago, IL. As a result of this transition, management
believes that there will continue to be higher than average delinquencies for
these portfolios, but the move is intended ultimately to result in more
efficient collection performance as portfolios are aligned with their
origination unit.

    Net losses as a percentage of net investment increased from 1.25% at
December 31, 1999 to 1.51% at June 30, 2000. This is mainly attributed to the
increase in defaults associated with contracts becoming delinquent more than 180
days due to the issues described above. In addition, the application of CIT's
historically more conservative credit and collection practices have also
contributed to the increase in delinquency and losses. CIT is currently
addressing these issues through the movement of collection activity described
above and other collection initiatives. Aggregate net investment of contracts
decreased 14.3% from $9.973 billion to $8.544 billion. This decrease is mainly
attributed to the transfer of the machine tools and healthcare portfolios
totaling approximately $800 million to Equipment Financing and Leasing (which is
a CIT business segment, but is not an originator) in 2000 as part of the re-
alignment of the Newcourt portfolios. Originations from the machine tools and
healthcare portfolios are not included in the securitization pool, but the data
for periods prior to June 2000 include these portfolios. The remaining decrease
is attributed to the adoption of CIT's reporting of investment in equipment
under operating leases in the first quarter of 2000. CIT's reporting policy
requires that only the past due receivables under operating leases be included
in the net investment where Newcourt included the discounted value of the
scheduled cashflows (excluding residuals) from operating leases in the
historical net investment statistics.

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED 12/31/99 VERSUS TWELVE MONTHS ENDED 12/31/98

    Contract delinquencies decreased from 7.55% to 7.44% while the over 90-day
delinquencies increased from 1.95% to 2.15%. The delinquency levels are still
relatively high versus historical trends which is directly attributed to
integration issues related to Newcourt's acquisition of AT&T Capital
Corporation. During 1999 Newcourt converted several portfolios to new lease
accounting systems, and moved some of its small to mid ticket collection
activities to a centralized call center located in Memphis, TN. These moves
resulted in an increase in administrative delinquencies due to payment
misapplications and billing errors associated with the systems conversions.
Increased delinquency levels were also a result of the addition of new employees
in Memphis who were not as experienced in the collection of commercial equipment
leases and loans, resulting in less aggressive collections and follow-up
efforts. Further distraction surrounding the CIT acquisition of Newcourt in 1999
also contributed to higher than historical delinquency levels. Upon the
acquisition of Newcourt by CIT, a comprehensive review of the current collection
systems was undertaken. It was determined that the Memphis call center would be
discontinued in

                                      S-25

<PAGE>
2000 and collection activity for some of the originators small and mid ticket
portfolios would be moved in phases to the applicable origination center. During
this time period, management believed that there were higher than average
delinquencies for those portfolios being moved, but the move was intended
ultimately to result in more efficient collection performance as portfolios are
aligned with their origination unit.

    Net losses as a percentage of net investment increased from 1.14% to 1.25%.
This is mainly attributed to the increase in defaults associated with contracts
delinquent more than 180 days (managed contracts delinquent more than 180 days
are required to be written off pursuant to the securitization transaction
documents) due to the issues described above. The servicer is currently
addressing these issues through the movement of collection activity described
above and other collection initiatives. Aggregate net investment of contracts
increased approximately 30% from $7.691 billion to $9.973 billion due to normal
growth in the amounts of contracts originated or acquired.

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED 12/31/98 VERSUS TWELVE MONTHS ENDED 12/31/97

    Contract delinquencies increased from 4.80% to 7.55%. The increase in
delinquencies is directly attributable to integration issues related to the
consolidation of offices, systems conversions and changes in business names
relating to Newcourt's acquisition of AT&T Capital Corporation in early 1998.
See 'Newcourt Credit Group Inc. -- Acquisitions' in the accompanying prospectus.
Net losses as a percentage of net investment decreased slightly from 1.25% to
1.14%. The slight decrease is not attributable to any one factor and the
depositor has no basis to predict, and offers no assurances as to, whether net
losses as a percentage of aggregate net investment of contracts will continue to
decrease in subsequent periods. Aggregate net investment of contracts increased
approximately 20% from $6.427 billion to $7.691 billion due to normal growth in
the amounts of contracts originated or acquired.

TWELVE MONTHS ENDED 12/31/97 VERSUS TWELVE MONTHS ENDED 12/31/96

    Contract delinquencies decreased from 5.88% to 4.80%. This decrease is
attributable to the prior year's experience having been adverse due to
integration issues following the acquisition of AT&T Capital Corporation by
Hercules Holdings (Cayman) Limited in October 1996. These integration issues
adversely affected the portfolios of the originator subsidiaries of AT&T Capital
Corporation (which was subsequently acquired by Newcourt in 1998). Net losses as
a percentage of net investment decreased slightly from 1.33% to 1.25%. The
slight decrease is not attributable to any one factor and the depositor has no
basis to predict, and offers no assurances as to, whether net losses as a
percentage of aggregate net investment of contracts will continue to decrease in
subsequent periods. Aggregate net investment of contracts increased
approximately 13% from $5.691 billion to $6.427 billion due to normal growth in
the amounts of contracts originated or acquired.

                                      S-26

<PAGE>
                     SCHEDULED CASHFLOWS FROM THE CONTRACTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     COLLECTION          SCHEDULED
       PERIOD             CASHFLOW
       ------             --------
<S>                    <C>
September 2000.......  $39,849,625.67
October 2000.........   35,612,363.28
November 2000........   33,092,252.05
December 2000........   35,418,506.94
January 2001.........   36,092,602.65
February 2001........   32,921,480.00
March 2001...........   32,902,327.40
April 2001...........   35,803,056.37
May 2001.............   32,866,972.75
June 2001............   33,317,377.76
July 2001............   36,185,016.36
August 2001..........   32,810,019.45
September 2001.......   32,054,340.87
October 2001.........   34,529,981.72
November 2001........   31,554,420.11
December 2001........   31,701,925.87
January 2002.........   34,015,531.47
February 2002........   30,884,808.84
March 2002...........   30,570,047.16
April 2002...........   32,822,701.92
May 2002.............   29,468,617.59
June 2002............   29,067,094.92
July 2002............   28,918,742.40
August 2002..........   26,030,536.74
September 2002.......   24,283,229.60
October 2002.........   23,399,909.57
November 2002........   22,407,074.30
December 2002........   21,884,482.72
January 2003.........   22,109,404.46
February 2003........   20,792,316.56
March 2003...........   20,383,046.88
April 2003...........   20,045,746.40
May 2003.............   17,945,985.96
June 2003............   15,821,925.55
July 2003............   13,998,163.48
August 2003..........   11,446,493.80
September 2003.......    9,974,483.40
October 2003.........    9,417,591.68
November 2003........    9,129,981.20
December 2003........    9,125,923.42
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     COLLECTION          SCHEDULED
       PERIOD             CASHFLOW
       ------             --------
<S>                    <C>
January 2004.........  $ 9,102,722.68
February 2004........    8,862,973.73
March 2004...........    8,807,465.82
April 2004...........    8,879,136.55
May 2004.............    8,529,243.54
June 2004............    8,336,021.29
July 2004............    8,312,900.60
August 2004..........    7,745,438.76
September 2004.......    6,691,053.56
October 2004.........    5,681,279.22
November 2004........    5,017,568.49
December 2004........    4,527,801.36
January 2005.........    4,365,634.79
February 2005........    4,099,973.73
March 2005...........    3,927,074.71
April 2005...........    3,509,493.76
May 2005.............    2,844,140.66
June 2005............    2,178,553.93
July 2005............    1,672,770.56
August 2005..........    1,133,063.41
September 2005.......      885,384.04
October 2005.........      816,308.23
November 2005........      792,883.02
December 2005........      783,406.79
January 2006.........      782,953.91
February 2006........      752,453.33
March 2006...........      749,688.69
April 2006...........      741,422.13
May 2006.............      726,199.92
June 2006............      730,269.67
July 2006............      712,583.36
August 2006..........      698,291.59
September 2006.......      686,653.03
October 2006.........      673,524.25
November 2006........      645,211.77
December 2006........      623,620.26
January 2007.........      623,620.26
February 2007........      623,620.26
March 2007...........      617,456.17
April 2007...........      624,197.66
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     COLLECTION          SCHEDULED
       PERIOD             CASHFLOW
       ------             --------
<S>                    <C>
May 2007.............  $   577,715.04
June 2007............      557,894.23
July 2007............      550,789.76
August 2007..........      486,260.76
September 2007.......      527,882.22
October 2007.........      476,751.76
November 2007........      476,751.76
December 2007........      476,751.76
January 2008.........      476,751.76
February 2008........      476,751.76
March 2008...........      476,751.76
April 2008...........      476,752.76
May 2008.............      473,797.16
June 2008............      473,797.16
July 2008............      472,284.60
August 2008..........      472,284.60
September 2008.......      472,284.60
October 2008.........      472,284.60
November 2008........      472,284.60
December 2008........      472,284.60
January 2009.........      472,284.60
February 2009........      472,284.60
March 2009...........      472,284.60
April 2009...........      472,284.60
May 2009.............      472,284.60
June 2009............      472,284.60
July 2009............      472,284.60
August 2009..........      472,284.60
September 2009.......      472,284.60
October 2009.........      441,641.02
November 2009........      384,007.70
December 2009........      379,719.82
January 2010.........      379,719.82
February 2010........      379,719.82
March 2010...........      439,381.25
April 2010...........      348,911.56
May 2010.............      246,830.13
June 2010............      259,536.03
July 2010............       74,307.95
August 2010..........            0.00
</TABLE>

                                      S-27

<PAGE>
                       WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES

    The rate of payments on contracts will directly affect

        the rate of note principal payments,

        the aggregate amount of each note interest payment, and

        the yield to maturity of the notes.

    The payments on the contracts may be in the form of payments scheduled to be
made under the terms of the contracts, prepayments or liquidations due to
default, casualty and other events which cannot be predicted. CIT Financial USA,
Inc. may purchase contracts from the owner trust if the contracts were
ineligible for transfer at the time of transfer to the owner trust. Any payments
for these reasons, other than scheduled payments, may result in distributions to
you of amounts which would otherwise have been distributed over the remaining
term of the contracts. Each prepayment, liquidation or repurchase of a contract,
if the contract is not replaced by the depositor with a comparable substitute
contract as described under 'The Contracts -- Substitution of Contracts' in the
accompanying prospectus, will shorten the weighted average remaining term of the
contracts and the weighted average life of the notes. See 'Risk
Factors -- Contract Prepayments, Ineligibility or Default May Cause Earlier
Repayment of the Notes Than You Expect and You May Not be Able to Find
Investments with the Same Yield as the Notes at the Time of Repayment' in the
accompanying prospectus.

    The following charts set forth the percentage of the initial principal
amount of each class of notes which would be outstanding on the payment dates
set forth below assuming the conditional prepayment rates ('CPR') indicated in
the chart. This information is hypothetical. The CPR assumes that a fraction of
the outstanding contracts is prepaid on each payment date, which implies that
each contract in the pool of contracts is equally likely to prepay. This
fraction, expressed as a percentage, is annualized to arrive at the CPR for the
contracts. The CPR measures prepayments based on the contract pool principal
balance, after the payment of all payments scheduled to be made under the terms
of the contracts during each collection period. The CPR further assumes that all
contracts are the same size and amortize at the same rate. The CPR also assumes
that each contract will be either paid as scheduled or prepaid in full. The
amounts set forth below are based upon the timely receipt of scheduled monthly
contract payments, and assume that:

        the seller exercises its option to cause a redemption of the notes when
        the aggregate note principal balance is less than 10% of the initial
        contract pool principal balance, and

        the closing date for the sale of the contracts to the owner trust is
        September 28, 2000.

                                      S-28

<PAGE>
    These tables are based upon the statistical contract pool principal balance
determined using the Statistical Discount Rate. In addition, it is assumed for
the purposes of these tables only that the owner trust issues the notes in the
following initial principal amounts:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS                                     INITIAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
-----                                     ------------------------
<S>                                       <C>
A-1.....................................        $200,000,000
A-2.....................................        $355,000,000
A-3.....................................        $305,000,000
A-4.....................................        $132,487,333
B.......................................        $ 15,837,563
C.......................................        $ 21,116,751
D.......................................        $ 26,395,943
</TABLE>

                                      S-29

<PAGE>
                      PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL PRINCIPAL
                             OF THE CLASS A-1 NOTES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             CPR
                                                          ------------------------------------------
                      PAYMENT DATE                          0%       4%       9%      14%      18%
                      ------------                          --       --       --      ---      ---
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Closing Date............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
October 2000............................................   83.48    82.84    80.71    78.47    76.59
November 2000...........................................   68.98    67.68    63.56    59.25    55.65
December 2000...........................................   55.64    53.69    47.71    41.49    36.30
January 2001............................................   41.06    38.64    30.95    22.98    16.38
February 2001...........................................   26.04    23.28    14.03     4.49     0.00
March 2001..............................................   12.51     9.40     0.00     0.00     0.00
April 2001..............................................    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
---------
Weighted Average Life to Call (in years)................    0.30     0.29     0.26     0.23     0.22
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (in years)............    0.30     0.29     0.26     0.23     0.22
</TABLE>

                                      S-30

<PAGE>
                      PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL PRINCIPAL
                             OF THE CLASS A-2 NOTES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             CPR
                                                          ------------------------------------------
                      PAYMENT DATE                          0%       4%       9%      14%      18%
                      ------------                          --       --       --      ---      ---
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Closing Date............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
October 2000............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
November 2000...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
December 2000...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
January 2001............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
February 2001...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00    98.09
March 2001..............................................  100.00   100.00    99.26    93.06    87.97
April 2001..............................................  100.00    97.48    90.70    83.76    78.09
May 2001................................................   94.78    88.93    81.49    73.92    67.76
June 2001...............................................   87.49    81.13    73.10    64.95    58.34
July 2001...............................................   80.02    73.23    64.66    56.02    49.04
August 2001.............................................   71.76    64.59    55.61    46.58    39.32
September 2001..........................................   64.33    56.82    47.45    38.07    30.57
October 2001............................................   57.05    49.25    39.54    29.87    22.17
November 2001...........................................   49.07    41.06    31.12    21.27    13.46
December 2001...........................................   41.83    33.62    23.47    13.47     5.57
January 2002............................................   34.50    26.15    15.86     5.77     0.00
February 2002...........................................   26.51    18.10     7.78     0.00     0.00
March 2002..............................................   19.30    10.84     0.50     0.00     0.00
April 2002..............................................   12.13     3.66     0.00     0.00     0.00
May 2002................................................    4.31     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
June 2002...............................................    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
---------
Weighted Average Life to Call (in years)................    1.18     1.10     1.00     0.92     0.85
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (in years)............    1.18     1.10     1.00     0.92     0.85
</TABLE>

                                      S-31

<PAGE>
                      PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL PRINCIPAL
                             OF THE CLASS A-3 NOTES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             CPR
                                                          ------------------------------------------
                      PAYMENT DATE                          0%       4%       9%      14%      18%
                      ------------                          --       --       --      ---      ---
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Closing Date............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
October 2000............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
November 2000...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
December 2000...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
January 2001............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
February 2001...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
March 2001..............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
April 2001..............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
May 2001................................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
June 2001...............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
July 2001...............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
August 2001.............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
September 2001..........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
October 2001............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
November 2001...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
December 2001...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
January 2002............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00    97.47
February 2002...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00    97.33    88.14
March 2002..............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00    88.88    79.75
April 2002..............................................  100.00   100.00    92.26    80.65    71.63
May 2002................................................  100.00    95.25    83.42    72.02    63.21
June 2002...............................................   96.89    87.22    75.54    64.34    55.72
July 2002...............................................   88.84    79.30    67.84    56.89    48.50
August 2002.............................................   80.78    71.44    60.24    49.60    41.48
September 2002..........................................   73.56    64.39    53.45    43.10    35.23
October 2002............................................   66.84    57.84    47.16    37.10    29.13
November 2002...........................................   60.34    51.55    41.16    31.04    23.36
December 2002...........................................   54.10    45.54    35.45    25.33    17.93
January 2003............................................   47.99    39.68    29.57    19.83    12.75
February 2003...........................................   41.76    33.76    23.69    14.37     7.65
March 2003..............................................   35.90    27.85    18.20     9.31     2.93
April 2003..............................................   29.77    22.07    12.87     4.43     0.00
May 2003................................................   23.70    16.39     7.67     0.00     0.00
June 2003...............................................   18.28    11.33     3.05     0.00     0.00
July 2003...............................................   13.53     6.89     0.00     0.00     0.00
August 2003.............................................    9.34     2.98     0.00     0.00     0.00
September 2003..........................................    5.96     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
October 2003............................................    3.04     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
November 2003...........................................    0.28     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
December 2003...........................................    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
---------
Weighted Average Life to Call (in years)................    2.35     2.24     2.10     1.97     1.87
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (in years)............    2.35     2.24     2.10     1.97     1.87
</TABLE>

                                      S-32

<PAGE>
                      PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL PRINCIPAL
                             OF THE CLASS A-4 NOTES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             CPR
                                                          ------------------------------------------
                      PAYMENT DATE                          0%       4%       9%      14%      18%
                      ------------                          --       --       --      ---      ---
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Closing Date............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
October 2000............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
November 2000...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
December 2000...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
January 2001............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
February 2001...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
March 2001..............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
April 2001..............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
May 2001................................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
June 2001...............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
July 2001...............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
August 2001.............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
September 2001..........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
October 2001............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
November 2001...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
December 2001...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
January 2002............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
February 2002...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
March 2002..............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
April 2002..............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
May 2002................................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
June 2002...............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
July 2002...............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
August 2002.............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
September 2002..........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
October 2002............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
November 2002...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
December 2002...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
January 2003............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
February 2003...........................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
March 2003..............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
April 2003..............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00    96.35
May 2003................................................  100.00   100.00   100.00    99.34    86.35
June 2003...............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00    89.71    77.52
July 2003...............................................  100.00   100.00    97.72    81.30    69.82
August 2003.............................................  100.00   100.00    89.54    73.93     0.00
September 2003..........................................  100.00    99.58    82.89    67.91     0.00
October 2003............................................  100.00    93.28    77.12     0.00     0.00
November 2003...........................................  100.00    87.35    71.72     0.00     0.00
December 2003...........................................   94.49    81.61     0.00     0.00     0.00
January 2004............................................   88.28    75.89     0.00     0.00     0.00
February 2004...........................................   82.06    70.17     0.00     0.00     0.00
March 2004..............................................   75.98     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
April 2004..............................................   69.89     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
May 2004................................................    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
---------
Weighted Average Life to Call (in years)................    3.57     3.40     3.16     2.99     2.84
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (in years)............    4.05     3.86     3.62     3.42     3.27
</TABLE>

                                      S-33

<PAGE>
                      PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL PRINCIPAL
                              OF THE CLASS B NOTES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             CPR
                                                          ------------------------------------------
                      PAYMENT DATE                          0%       4%       9%      14%      18%
                      ------------                          --       --       --      ---      ---
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Closing Date............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
October 2000............................................  100.00    96.54    96.11    95.66    95.28
November 2000...........................................  100.00    93.49    92.66    91.79    91.06
December 2000...........................................  100.00    90.67    89.46    88.21    87.16
January 2001............................................  100.00    87.63    86.09    84.48    83.15
February 2001...........................................  100.00    84.54    82.68    80.75    79.17
March 2001..............................................  100.00    81.74    79.58    77.37    75.55
April 2001..............................................   86.17    78.95    76.52    74.04    72.01
May 2001................................................   77.98    75.89    73.23    70.52    68.32
June 2001...............................................   75.37    73.10    70.23    67.31    64.95
July 2001...............................................   72.70    70.27    67.21    64.12    61.62
August 2001.............................................   69.75    67.18    63.97    60.74    58.15
September 2001..........................................   67.09    64.41    61.05    57.70    55.01
October 2001............................................   64.49    61.70    58.22    54.77    52.01
November 2001...........................................   61.63    58.77    55.21    51.69    48.89
December 2001...........................................   59.04    56.10    52.48    48.90    46.07
January 2002............................................   56.42    53.43    49.75    46.14    43.30
February 2002...........................................   53.56    50.55    46.86    43.26    40.44
March 2002..............................................   50.98    47.96    44.26    40.66    37.86
April 2002..............................................   48.42    45.39    41.70    38.13    35.36
May 2002................................................   45.62    42.62    38.99    35.48    32.77
June 2002...............................................   43.13    40.15    36.56    33.12    30.47
July 2002...............................................   40.65    37.72    34.20    30.83    28.25
August 2002.............................................   38.17    35.30    31.86    28.59    26.10
September 2002..........................................   35.96    33.14    29.78    26.59    24.18
October 2002............................................   33.89    31.13    27.84    24.75    24.18
November 2002...........................................   31.89    29.19    26.00    24.75    24.18
December 2002...........................................   29.97    27.34    24.24    24.75    24.18
January 2003............................................   28.10    25.54    24.24    24.75    24.18
February 2003...........................................   26.18    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
March 2003..............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
April 2003..............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
May 2003................................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
June 2003...............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
July 2003...............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
August 2003.............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75     0.00
September 2003..........................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75     0.00
October 2003............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24     0.00     0.00
November 2003...........................................   24.38    23.72    24.24     0.00     0.00
December 2003...........................................   24.38    23.72     0.00     0.00     0.00
January 2004............................................   24.38    23.72     0.00     0.00     0.00
February 2004...........................................   24.38    23.72     0.00     0.00     0.00
March 2004..............................................   24.38     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
April 2004..............................................   24.38     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
May 2004................................................    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
---------
Weighted Average Life to Call (in years)................    1.84     1.69     1.56     1.47     1.38
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (in years)............    2.68     2.39     2.14     1.93     1.81
</TABLE>

                                      S-34

<PAGE>
                      PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL PRINCIPAL
                              OF THE CLASS C NOTES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             CPR
                                                          ------------------------------------------
                      PAYMENT DATE                          0%       4%       9%      14%      18%
                      ------------                          --       --       --      ---      ---
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Closing Date............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
October 2000............................................  100.00    96.54    96.11    95.66    95.28
November 2000...........................................  100.00    93.49    92.66    91.79    91.06
December 2000...........................................  100.00    90.67    89.46    88.21    87.16
January 2001............................................  100.00    87.63    86.09    84.48    83.15
February 2001...........................................  100.00    84.54    82.68    80.75    79.17
March 2001..............................................  100.00    81.74    79.58    77.37    75.55
April 2001..............................................  100.00    78.95    76.52    74.04    72.01
May 2001................................................   77.98    75.89    73.23    70.52    68.32
June 2001...............................................   75.37    73.10    70.23    67.31    64.95
July 2001...............................................   72.70    70.27    67.21    64.12    61.62
August 2001.............................................   69.75    67.18    63.97    60.74    58.15
September 2001..........................................   67.09    64.41    61.05    57.70    55.01
October 2001............................................   64.49    61.70    58.22    54.77    52.01
November 2001...........................................   61.63    58.77    55.21    51.69    48.89
December 2001...........................................   59.04    56.10    52.48    48.90    46.07
January 2002............................................   56.42    53.43    49.75    46.14    43.30
February 2002...........................................   53.56    50.55    46.86    43.26    40.44
March 2002..............................................   50.98    47.96    44.26    40.66    37.86
April 2002..............................................   48.42    45.39    41.70    38.13    35.36
May 2002................................................   45.62    42.62    38.99    35.48    32.77
June 2002...............................................   43.13    40.15    36.56    33.12    30.47
July 2002...............................................   40.65    37.72    34.20    30.83    28.25
August 2002.............................................   38.17    35.30    31.86    28.59    26.10
September 2002..........................................   35.96    33.14    29.78    26.59    24.18
October 2002............................................   33.89    31.13    27.84    24.75    24.18
November 2002...........................................   31.89    29.19    26.00    24.75    24.18
December 2002...........................................   29.97    27.34    24.24    24.75    24.18
January 2003............................................   28.10    25.54    24.24    24.75    24.18
February 2003...........................................   26.18    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
March 2003..............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
April 2003..............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
May 2003................................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
June 2003...............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
July 2003...............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
August 2003.............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75     0.00
September 2003..........................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75     0.00
October 2003............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24     0.00     0.00
November 2003...........................................   24.38    23.72    24.24     0.00     0.00
December 2003...........................................   24.38    23.72     0.00     0.00     0.00
January 2004............................................   24.38    23.72     0.00     0.00     0.00
February 2004...........................................   24.38    23.72     0.00     0.00     0.00
March 2004..............................................   24.38     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
April 2004..............................................   24.38     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
May 2004................................................    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
---------
Weighted Average Life to Call (in years)................    1.85     1.69     1.56     1.47     1.38
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (in years)............    2.91     2.62     2.37     2.14     1.95
</TABLE>

                                      S-35

<PAGE>
                      PERCENTAGE OF THE INITIAL PRINCIPAL
                              OF THE CLASS D NOTES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             CPR
                                                          ------------------------------------------
                      PAYMENT DATE                          0%       4%       9%      14%      18%
                      ------------                          --       --       --      ---      ---
<S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Closing Date............................................  100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00   100.00
October 2000............................................  100.00    96.54    96.11    95.66    95.28
November 2000...........................................  100.00    93.49    92.66    91.79    91.06
December 2000...........................................  100.00    90.67    89.46    88.21    87.16
January 2001............................................  100.00    87.63    86.09    84.48    83.15
February 2001...........................................  100.00    84.54    82.68    80.75    79.17
March 2001..............................................  100.00    81.74    79.58    77.37    75.55
April 2001..............................................  100.00    78.95    76.52    74.04    72.01
May 2001................................................   77.98    75.89    73.23    70.52    68.32
June 2001...............................................   75.37    73.10    70.23    67.31    64.95
July 2001...............................................   72.70    70.27    67.21    64.12    61.62
August 2001.............................................   69.75    67.18    63.97    60.74    58.15
September 2001..........................................   67.09    64.41    61.05    57.70    55.01
October 2001............................................   64.49    61.70    58.22    54.77    52.01
November 2001...........................................   61.63    58.77    55.21    51.69    48.89
December 2001...........................................   59.04    56.10    52.48    48.90    46.07
January 2002............................................   56.42    53.43    49.75    46.14    43.30
February 2002...........................................   53.56    50.55    46.86    43.26    40.44
March 2002..............................................   50.98    47.96    44.26    40.66    37.86
April 2002..............................................   48.42    45.39    41.70    38.13    35.36
May 2002................................................   45.62    42.62    38.99    35.48    32.77
June 2002...............................................   43.13    40.15    36.56    33.12    30.47
July 2002...............................................   40.65    37.72    34.20    30.83    28.25
August 2002.............................................   38.17    35.30    31.86    28.59    26.10
September 2002..........................................   35.96    33.14    29.78    26.59    24.18
October 2002............................................   33.89    31.13    27.84    24.75    24.18
November 2002...........................................   31.89    29.19    26.00    24.75    24.18
December 2002...........................................   29.97    27.34    24.24    24.75    24.18
January 2003............................................   28.10    25.54    24.24    24.75    24.18
February 2003...........................................   26.18    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
March 2003..............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
April 2003..............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
May 2003................................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
June 2003...............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
July 2003...............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75    24.18
August 2003.............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75     0.00
September 2003..........................................   24.38    23.72    24.24    24.75     0.00
October 2003............................................   24.38    23.72    24.24     0.00     0.00
November 2003...........................................   24.38    23.72    24.24     0.00     0.00
December 2003...........................................   24.38    23.72     0.00     0.00     0.00
January 2004............................................   24.38    23.72     0.00     0.00     0.00
February 2004...........................................   24.38    23.72     0.00     0.00     0.00
March 2004..............................................   24.38     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
April 2004..............................................   24.38     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
May 2004................................................    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00
---------
Weighted Average Life to Call (in years)................    1.85     1.69     1.56     1.47     1.38
Weighted Average Life to Maturity (in years)............    3.19     2.97     2.82     2.65     2.46
</TABLE>

                                      S-36

<PAGE>
                              THE CIT GROUP, INC.

    The CIT Group, Inc. ('CIT'), a Delaware corporation, is a leading
diversified commercial finance company with $53.4 billion of managed assets and
$5.7 billion of stockholders' equity at June 30, 2000. CIT's principal executive
offices are located at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036 and
its telephone number is (212) 536-1390. CIT commenced operations in 1908. CIT
has developed a broad array of 'franchise' businesses that focus on specific
industries, asset types and markets, which are balanced by client, industry and
geographic diversification.

    CIT's size, scope and diversification was expanded significantly when it
acquired Newcourt Credit Group Inc. ('Newcourt') on November 15, 1999. As of the
acquisition date, Newcourt had over $21.0 billion of managed assets. Newcourt,
which was headquartered in Toronto, Canada, was a non-bank financial services
enterprise, which originated, invested in and sold asset-based financing.
Newcourt's origination activities focused on the commercial and corporate
finance segments of the asset-based financing market through a global network of
offices in 26 countries. The Newcourt acquisition combined the financial
strength of CIT with Newcourt's broad technology-based leasing business and
international platform. Newcourt, which has changed its name to CIT Credit Group
Inc., continues to operate in Canada.

    Prior to the acquisition of Newcourt, CIT had three business segments --
Equipment Financing and Leasing, Commercial Finance and Consumer. During the
first quarter of 2000, CIT created two business segments from the Newcourt
portfolio, Vendor Technology Finance and Structured Finance.

    As of June 30, 2000, CIT was organized into five business segments as
follows:

        Equipment Financing and Leasing

        Vendor Technology Finance

        Commercial Finance

        Structured Finance

        Consumer

    Certain segments conduct their operations through strategic business units
that market their products and services to satisfy the financing needs of
specific customers, industries, vendors/manufacturers, and markets.

    In connection with the acquisition and business integration, certain
receivables were transferred in December 1999 between Vendor Technology Finance
and Equipment Financing and Leasing, and from Structured Finance to Equipment
Financing and Leasing. Further, in the third quarter of 2000, CIT is
implementing certain organizational refinements within the business segments to
better align marketing and risk management efforts and further improve operating
efficiencies. Certain North American business lines of Vendor Technology Finance
were transferred to the Equipment Financing business unit. Vendor Technology
Finance will continue to emphasize growing its key vendor finance relationships
and conducting international operations.

    All of the contracts in the contract pool have been originated or acquired
by the Vendor Technology Finance business segment or businesses previously part
of Vendor

                                      S-37

<PAGE>
Technology Finance and transferred to Equipment Financing and Leasing in the
third quarter of 2000 as described above.

  VENDOR TECHNOLOGY FINANCE

    Financing and leasing assets of Vendor Technology Finance ('VTF') totaled
$10.3 billion at June 30, 2000, and comprised 24.2% of CIT's total financing and
leasing assets. On a managed asset basis, VTF assets totaled $16.5 billion or
30.9% of total managed assets. VTF operates globally through operations in the
United States, Europe, Latin America, Asia and Australia, and serves many
industries including a wide range of manufacturers. Additionally, VTF customers
range from small businesses and consumers to large-sized companies.

    The newly reorganized VTF continues to build alliances with industry-leading
equipment vendors, including manufacturers, dealers and distributors, to deliver
customized asset-based sales and financing. VTF offers credit financing to the
manufacturer's customers for the purchase or lease of the manufacturer's
products, while also offering enhanced sales tools to manufacturers and vendors,
such as asset management services, efficient lease and loan processing, and
real-time credit adjudication. By working in partnership with its vendors, VTF
is integrated with the vendor's business planning process and product offering
systems. VTF has significant vendor programs in information technology and
telecommunications.

    These vendor alliances are also characterized by the use of joint ventures,
profit sharing and other creative transaction structures. In the case of joint
ventures, through a contractual arrangement, VTF and the vendor combine
activities into one business model in a distinct legal entity. Generally, these
arrangements are accounted for on an equity basis, with profits and losses
distributed according to the joint venture agreement. VTF also utilizes
strategic alliances, whereby the assets are funded on CIT's balance sheet, while
performance based fees are paid to the vendor. VTF's strategy is to align its
interests with those of its vendor partners. These types of strategic alliances
are a key source of business for VTF.

  EQUIPMENT FINANCING AND LEASING

    Financing and leasing assets of Equipment Financing and Leasing totaled
$17.5 billion at June 30, 2000, and comprised 41.1% of CIT's total financing and
leasing assets. On a managed asset basis, Equipment Financing and Leasing
totaled $19.8 billion or 37.2% of total managed assets. Equipment Financing and
Leasing conducts its operations through two strategic business units:

        The CIT Group/Equipment Financing ('EF') offers secured equipment
        financing and leasing and focuses on the broad distribution of its
        products through manufacturers, dealers/distributors, intermediaries and
        direct calling efforts in North America. EF portfolios included in the
        contract pool securing the notes offered by this prospectus will have
        been originated or acquired by business units previously located within
        VTF and transferred to EF in the third quarter as described above.

        The CIT Group/Capital Finance offers secured equipment financing and
        leasing and focuses on the direct marketing of customized transactions,

                                      S-38

<PAGE>
        particularly operating leases relating primarily to commercial aircraft
        and rail equipment. This portfolio will not be included in the contract
        pool securing the notes offered by this prospectus.

    On an owned asset basis, EF is the largest of CIT's strategic business units
with total financing and leasing assets of $12.5 billion at June 30, 2000,
representing 29.3% of CIT's total financing and leasing assets and 71.4% of the
Equipment Financing and Leasing segment assets. EF offers secured equipment
financing and leasing products, including direct secured loans, leases,
revolving lines of credit, operating leases, sale and leaseback arrangements,
vendor financing, specialized wholesale and retail financing for distributors
and manufacturers, and loans guaranteed by the U.S. Small Business
Administration. EF is a leading nationwide asset-based equipment lender. At June
30, 2000, its portfolio included significant financing and leasing assets to
customers in a number of different industries, with construction being the
largest as a percentage of financing and leasing assets, followed by
manufacturing and transportation.

    Products are originated through direct calling on customers and through
relationships with manufacturers, dealers/distributors and intermediaries that
have leading or significant marketing positions in their respective industries.
This provides EF with efficient access to equipment end-users in many industries
across a variety of equipment types.

                           THE SELLER AND ORIGINATORS

    The following updates and supercedes the section under the caption 'The
Seller and Originators -- Underwriting and Servicing' in the accompanying
prospectus on pages 26-33.

UNDERWRITING AND SERVICING

  CREDIT MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY

    In response to CIT's growing businesses, a corporate credit risk management
group, which reports to the Chief Risk Officer, was formed in the fourth quarter
of 1999 to oversee and manage credit risk throughout CIT. This group's structure
includes senior credit executive alignment with each of the business segments,
as well as a senior executive with corporate-wide asset recovery and work-out
responsibilities. This group reviews non-traditional transactions and
transactions which are outside of established target market definitions and risk
acceptance criteria or which exceed each of the strategic business units' credit
authority. In addition, an Executive Credit Committee, which includes the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Risk Officer, and members of the
corporate credit risk management group, approves credits that are beyond the
authority of the business units. The credit risk management group also includes
an independent credit audit function.

    Each of CIT's business segments has developed and implemented a formal
credit management process in accordance with uniform guidelines established by
the credit risk management group. CIT strives to manage risks in connection with
its business, including credit risk, operational risk, execution risk, country
risk and residual value

                                      S-39

<PAGE>
risk associated with acquiring and holding contracts. The management of these
risks is critical to the success of CIT. Each unit within CIT has in place
policies, controls, systems and procedures intended to manage and limit these
risks, promote early problem recognition and corrective action, and facilitate
consistent portfolio performance measurements. CIT's credit risk management
department periodically reviews these policies, controls, systems and
procedures.

    VTF and EF seek to minimize credit risk through diversification of the
portfolio by customer, industry segment, equipment type, geographic location and
transaction maturity. VTF and EF's financing activities cover a wide range of
equipment types, including general equipment, telecommunications equipment,
office equipment, information technology computer equipment, construction,
software and transportation equipment, and a large number of end-users located
throughout North America and, to a lesser extent, abroad.

  CREDIT APPROVAL

    Each unit within VTF and EF has a chief credit officer who is responsible
for overseeing the quality, integrity and performance of the unit's credit
underwriting and portfolio quality. Before any transaction can be committed to,
it must first qualify for credit approval under one of CIT's proprietary credit
scoring models, or by a duly authorized credit officer in accordance with
clearly defined authorities, policies and procedures. Each unit's chief credit
officer has the responsibility of establishing credit policies appropriate for
the unit's business and periodically reviewing its credit personnel's exercise
of credit authority for adherence to the established credit policies. These
credit policies must be consistent with CIT's overall credit policies.

    Credit authorities are set in order to enable individual credit officers to
handle approximately 85-90% of the transactions flowing to them. This approach
results in higher credit authorities reviewing approximately 10-15% of the
transactions while ensuring oversight of an individual's judgment, credit skills
and compliance with credit policy by more senior credit officials. Each unit's
chief credit officer is empowered to establish credit authorities for qualified
members of their credit staff for up to $500,000. Approval of new credit
authorities up to $5,000,000 requires the approval of VTF's or EF's Chief Credit
Officer in addition to the approval of the unit's chief credit officer. Approval
of new credit authorities in excess of $5,000,000 also requires the approval of
the president of the business segment as well as CIT's Chief Risk Officer. Each
unit has a set credit authority limit. These limits vary by unit based upon the
size of the transactions encountered, the general risk profile, the unit's
perceived skills and experience, and other factors. The largest such credit
authority is $7,500,000.

    Approval by VTF's or EF's Chief Credit Officer is required for transactions
in excess of an individual unit's credit authority. All investment decisions
involving amounts in excess of $10,000,000 must be reported to CIT's Executive
Credit Committee each month. The Executive Credit Committee must approve amounts
in excess of $35,000,000.

    The credit authority granted to approve transactions may not be delegated.

    CIT utilizes the 'one obligor concept' in computing total credit exposure;
this means that the level of credit authority required to approve an incremental
transaction

                                      S-40

<PAGE>
must be sufficient to approve the customer's total credit exposure. Credit
exposure is tracked in an automated fashion aggregating all originators'
exposure to each customer including its subsidiaries, affiliates and commonly
controlled companies. Unless otherwise specifically approved, credit approvals
are valid for up to 180 days.

  UNDERWRITING -- GENERAL

    CIT's underwriting standards are intended to evaluate a prospective
customer's credit standing and repayment ability. Credit decisions are made
based upon the credit characteristics of the applicant, loss experience with
comparable customers, the amount and terms and conditions of the proposed
transaction and the type of equipment to be leased or financed. For almost all
transactions under $50,000 credit scoring systems are utilized to make credit
decisions. In a credit scoring system, a computer makes the initial credit
decision after consideration of many variables from the credit application data
and credit bureau information based on a statistical model of such originator's
prior loss experience. Proprietary credit scoring systems utilized by VTF and EF
are designed to improve credit decisions on new lease applications, expedite
response times to customers and increase business volume and portfolio
profitability while maintaining credit quality.

    With respect to credit decisions for those transactions which are not based
on credit scoring, each unit's credit officers conduct various credit
investigations, including reference calling and the procurement and analysis of
data from credit reporting agencies such as Dun & Bradstreet and other credit
bureaus. In the case of larger sized transactions (generally over $100,000),
each unit's credit officers will obtain and analyze financial statements from
the potential customer. Analysis will be conducted to determine the reliability
of the financial statements and to ascertain the financial condition and
operating performance of the potential customer. Asset quality is carefully
reviewed and compared to the information obtained from reference checking and
credit reports. Cash flow is checked for reliability and adequacy to service
funded debt maturities and other fixed charges. The financial analysis typically
involves a review of the potential customer's leverage, profitability, liquidity
and cash flow utilizing a variety of financial ratios and comparing the company
to other companies its size in similar businesses. In this connection, various
reference sources are utilized, such as Robert Morris Associates Annual
Statement Studies. Additionally, information may be obtained from rating
agencies, securities firms, Bloomberg and numerous other sources. The credit
officer then prepares a written analysis summarizing the amount and terms of the
credit request and setting forth the credit officer's recommendation including
detailed supporting rationale. Alternative exit strategies, including an
analysis of the value of the equipment as well as its essentiality of use, are
also considered in the event the customer fails to honor its payment
obligations. However, VTF and EF do not impose rigid loan-to-value ratios in
their underwriting processes, nor is a maximum loan-to-value ratio imposed for
the types of contracts included in the contract pool securing the notes offered
by this prospectus.

    The credit approval will also set forth any conditions of approval such as
personal or corporate guarantees, shorter lease terms, more advance payments or
other credit enhancements, and it will dictate the necessary documentation. An
authorized credit officer must re-approve any subsequent modification of
approval terms or required

                                      S-41

<PAGE>
documentation. The credit personnel of each unit are required to rate the
creditworthiness of customer accounts over $100,000 and, in connection
therewith, to take into account other factors affecting the credit risk of a
particular transaction, such as collateral value, credit enhancement and
duration of the credit.

  UNDERWRITING -- ADVANCED CREDIT SCORING SYSTEMS

    In 1992, AT&T Capital Corporation (now known as Capita Corporation)
commissioned the Bell Laboratories Operations Research Department to design
decision support systems and associated strategies for credit risk management
throughout the customer's financing life cycle. In 1998, Newcourt hired five of
these individuals and they now constitute CIT's Management Science Department.

    The life cycle approach, while commonplace in the consumer credit field, is
not common in commercial leasing. This process developed and implemented three
sets of decision support systems, covering each stage of the small ticket
leasing life cycle:

        front-end credit decisions,

        credit line management, and

        delinquent account collections.

    See ' -- Collections' below. Each system includes

        a suite of statistically derived risk prediction models,

        a sequential decision strategy which determines the model to be used in
        each instance, and

        a risk based strategy which determines the optimal decision based upon
        the model results.

    The current front-end credit decisioning systems follow a series of steps
including:

        the selection and electronic retrieval of credit bureau information,

        the quantification of credit risk, and

        the decision to accept, reject or manually review the credit applicant.

    The credit scoring systems are monitored using various reporting mechanisms
and have been upgraded over time to incorporate the value of more recent data
and to take advantage of improved statistical techniques. Overrides of credit
scoring decisions are authorized by credit officers, but are discouraged unless
additional information is uncovered which materially strengthens the transaction
or if sufficient credit enhancements can be obtained to mitigate the risk.
Operating units track overrides each month.

    In addition to credit scoring models developed by the Management Science
Department, CIT also utilizes credit scoring models developed by companies such
as Fair Isaac. Fair Isaac is a major credit scoring company and has a long
history of building consumer, small business and related credit scoring models.
The performance of these models is overseen by the Management Science
Department.

    Under credit scoring, empirical data is used to develop specific parameters
within a designated group to predict future delinquency and loss rates. By
setting approval

                                      S-42

<PAGE>
cut-offs at levels associated with predetermined default rates, the unit is able
to control its risk acceptance within prescribed parameters.

  UNDERWRITING -- VENDOR PROGRAMS

    In initially establishing a program agreement or other form of financing
arrangement with a vendor, VTF and EF complete a formal underwriting review of
the vendor to ensure that the vendor can perform the financial and other
obligations contained in any vendor agreement. This review typically encompasses
a financial review, a product review (including an analysis of market acceptance
of the vendor's products) and a general operational and managerial review of the
vendor. Vendors must generally be established in their field and must market
industry accepted equipment or other products. The vendor must have sufficient
financial resources to support the financing of the proposed relationship. VTF
and EF continually monitor these program agreements and perform a formal annual
review of a vendor's financial condition for a vendor which generates a
substantial amount of contracts involving direct or contingent vendor risk.

  DOCUMENTATION

    Contract documentation may include:

        a credit application,

        a signed lease/installment sale or financing agreement,

        a vendor invoice,

        initial lease/advance payment,

        proof of insurance, where relevant,

        delivery and acceptance acknowledgments, and

        financing statements.

    Filing of financing statements typically is required in the appropriate
'filing' jurisdiction if the cost of the equipment is at least $25,000 or, in
the alternative, at least $50,000 if the equipment relates to a lease with a
'fair market value' purchase option.

  BILLING

    Billing is generally handled by third parties, who prepare and mail monthly
invoices. All customers are assigned a billing cycle, invoices are generated
automatically and mailed out before the due date with the exception of end-users
whose payment obligations are evidenced by payment coupon books or whose
payments are automatically debited from their accounts. From time to time to
facilitate customer needs, manual invoices are provided. Monthly invoices
include the scheduled payment, taxes, insurance and late charges, if any. The
vast majority of contracts provide for level payments throughout their term.
Substantially all customers forward payments to lockboxes with certain financial
institutions.

                                      S-43

<PAGE>
  PORTFOLIO MONITORING

    Portfolio quality is monitored regularly to assess the overall condition of
the portfolio and identify the major exposures and trends within the portfolio.
Delinquency is tracked and calculated monthly for each business unit, including
segmentation by classification of days past due. Credit losses are monitored
each month and compared with credit losses for previous months and the
corresponding month in a number of prior years.

    For transactions over $1,000,000, each unit endeavors to conduct annual
reviews of customer financial condition and risk rating. Such annual reviews are
conducted on transactions over $500,000 in the event of certain higher risk
ratings. For certain transactions with companies that hold an investment grade
rating by a public rating agency, the threshold for annual reviews is
$5,000,000. All other transactions are monitored via the normal collection
process, meaning that they would receive individual attention only if they
became delinquent or for some other reason came to the attention of the
company's credit and collections personnel. For example, a material adverse
change in the financial condition of the obligor in the transaction would
trigger an individual review.

    In addition to providing an initial credit review, ongoing credit review
procedures exist to identify at an early stage those customers that may be
experiencing financial difficulty. Credit personnel monitor these customers once
they are identified and periodically make recommendations to the chief credit
officer of the unit as to

        what remedial actions should be taken,

        what portion, if any, of total credit exposures should be written off,
        or

        whether a specific allocation should be made to the loss reserves.

  COLLECTIONS

    Each unit within VTF and EF is responsible for the collection and management
of its own portfolio. The methods which are used in collections vary somewhat by
unit and are based largely upon the number of accounts and their average
balances. For large portfolios of smaller dollar balances, collection management
systems have been developed and deployed including outbound call management
systems. The collection management systems prioritize delinquent accounts into
automated queues using delinquent account scoring systems (also referred to as
behavioral scoring). Telephone calls to delinquent accounts are automatically
dialed by the system eliminating no answer and busy line calls (which are
automatically rescheduled).

    Outside collection agencies and attorneys are frequently used to supplement
collection activity. Typically an account is placed with an outside collection
agency or attorney when it is 180 days or more past due. However, accounts past
due less than 180 days may be placed with a collection agency or attorney
depending upon the circumstances of its delinquency. Equipment may be
repossessed at any time after the contractual default but repossession typically
is not made until the account is at least 90 days past due.

    During 1998 and 1999, Newcourt converted several of its portfolios to new
lease accounting systems, and also moved some of its small to mid ticket
collection activities

                                      S-44

<PAGE>
into a centralized call center located in Memphis, TN. The call center employed
approximately 200 people (primarily collectors and customer service
representatives) and utilized a Davox call management system and other
collection technologies to collect on past due accounts.

    After the acquisition of Newcourt by CIT, a comprehensive review of the
current collections systems was undertaken. A decision was made to re-align the
collection activity of portfolios with the units that originated the portfolios.
Each 'origination center' would have full responsibility for the origination and
management of the applicable asset type. As a result, in keeping with the
re-alignment strategy, the Memphis call center was closed and portfolios
previously collected in Memphis were moved in phases during 2000 to the
applicable 'origination center' in Chicago, IL, Jacksonville, FL and Parsippany,
NJ.

  NON-ACCRUAL AND WRITE-OFF POLICY

    VTF and EF maintain non-accrual and write-off policies. The policies require
that accounts which are 90 days past due, or less in the event of a bankruptcy
or other appropriate evidence of impairment, be placed on non-accrual, and be
written down to their underlying collateral value no later than at 180 days past
due.

                     DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE

    This section adds to the information in the accompanying prospectus under
the caption 'Description of the Notes and Indenture.' However, as these
statements are only summaries, you should read the pooling and servicing
agreement and the indenture. The depositor filed the forms of these documents as
exhibits to the registration statement it filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission for the notes.

GENERAL

    The notes will be issued under an indenture between the owner trust and the
indenture trustee.

    The owner trust will issue seven classes of notes, consisting of four
classes of senior notes, designated as the

        Class A-1 Notes;

        Class A-2 Notes;

        Class A-3 Notes; and

        Class A-4 Notes.

These are referred to in this document as 'Class A Notes.' The owner trust will
also issue three classes of subordinate notes, designated as the Class B Notes,
the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes. The Class B, Class C and Class D Notes
are the 'Subordinate Classes.'

    Investors may purchase the notes in book-entry form in minimum denominations
of $1,000 and in integral multiples of $1 in excess thereof. Each class will
initially be represented by one or more notes registered in the name of the
nominee of The

                                      S-45

<PAGE>
Depository Trust Company. The owner trust will pay note interest and principal
on the 20th day of each month, or, if not a business day, the next succeeding
business day, commencing October 20, 2000, to registered noteholders as of the
related record date. So long as the notes remain in book-entry form, the record
date for any payment date will be the business day immediately preceding the
payment date. If the notes are no longer in book-entry form, the record date
will be the last business day of the calendar month immediately preceding the
payment date. However, the owner trust will make the final payment on the notes
only upon presentation and surrender of the notes to the indenture trustee. The
owner trust will make all payments on the notes in immediately available funds.
See 'Description of the Notes and Indenture -- Book-Entry Registration' in the
accompanying prospectus.

DEPOSITS

    The pooling and servicing agreement will permit the servicer to make
deposits into the collection account once each month on the deposit date
following the collection period for that month so long as

        the servicer or the direct or indirect parent of the servicer has and
        maintains a short-term debt rating of at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's
        and a short-term debt rating of at least P-1 by Moody's; or

        the servicer obtains a letter of credit, surety bond or insurance policy
        which satisfies the requirements in the pooling and servicing agreement,
        under which demands for payment may be made to secure timely remittance
        of monthly collections to the collection account and the trustees are
        provided with a letter from each rating agency to the effect that the
        utilization of such alternative remittance schedule will not result in a
        qualification, reduction or withdrawal of its then-current rating of the
        notes.

As of the date of this prospectus supplement, Capita Corporation, as servicer,
will be permitted to remit collections to the collection account on a monthly
basis pursuant to the first alternative listed above. In the event that the
servicer is permitted to make remittances of collections to the collection
account on a monthly basis pursuant to the second alternative listed above, the
pooling and servicing agreement will be modified, to the extent necessary,
without the consent of any noteholders. Pending each monthly deposit into the
collection account, collections on the contracts may be invested by the servicer
at its own risk and for its own benefit and will not be segregated from its own
funds. See 'Risk Factors -- Commingling of Funds May Result in Loss of Receipts
Due To Be Paid to Noteholders' in this prospectus supplement.

DISTRIBUTIONS

    The owner trust will pay note principal and interest on each payment date
from the Available Pledged Revenues for the payment date, as well as amounts
permitted to be withdrawn from the cash collateral account. See ' -- Cash
Collateral Account' below. The 'Available Pledged Revenues' as of any payment
date are the sum of

       (a) the following amounts on deposit in the collection account which were
           received by the servicer during the related collection period:

                                      S-46

<PAGE>
           (1) scheduled contract payments, except payments in respect of

                taxes,

                insurance premium reimbursements,

                security deposits,

                late charges,

                documentation fees,

                extension fees,

                administrative charges, or

                maintenance premiums,

           (2) prepayments of contracts, and

           (3) proceeds of liquidating defaulted contracts,

       (b) the purchase price paid by the seller in repurchasing ineligible
           contracts from the owner trust,

       (c) the amounts that the seller paid to purchase the contracts in
           exercise of its option to do so when the aggregate note principal
           amount is reduced to less than 10% of the initial contract pool
           principal balance and that were on deposit in the collection account
           as of the business day before the payment date,

       (d) any servicer advances on deposit in the collection account as of the
           immediately preceding deposit date,

       (e) investment earnings on amounts held in the collection account and
           note distribution account, and

       (f) to the extent necessary to pay interest, amounts of the type
           described in (a) above that the owner trust received after the end of
           the related collection period.

    However, Available Pledged Revenues do not include any amount allocable to
the depositor as representing the residual value of equipment subject to a
lease.

    On each payment date, the servicer will direct the indenture trustee to
apply Available Pledged Revenues to the following payments in the following
order of priority:

       (1) reimbursement of servicer advances;

       (2) the servicing fee;

       (3) interest on the notes in the following order of priority:

           (a) interest on the Class A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 Notes, including any
               overdue interest, allocated pro rata based on the respective
               principal amounts of the Class A-1, A-2, A-3 and A-4 Notes,

           (b) interest on the Class B Notes, including any overdue interest,

           (c) interest on the Class C Notes, including any overdue interest,

           (d) interest on the Class D Notes, including any overdue interest,

       (4) principal on the notes in the amounts and priority described under
           'Principal' below;

                                      S-47

<PAGE>
       (5) any amount necessary to increase the cash collateral account balance
           to its required level;

       (6) amounts payable in connection with the cash collateral account; and

       (7) any remainder to the holder of the equity certificate.

The owner trust is to make payments first from the Available Pledged Revenues,
and second, but only as to amounts described in clauses (3) and (4) immediately
above, from amounts permitted to be withdrawn from the cash collateral account
as described under 'Cash Collateral Account' below.

INTEREST

    The priorities of interest payments are set forth under 'Distributions'
above.

    The interest rate for each class is set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus supplement.

    The owner trust will pay interest on each class of notes from and including
the closing date to but excluding the first payment date, and after that date
for each successive interest period.

Interest Periods:

Interest on the notes will accrue in the following manner:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             DAY COUNT
CLASS     FROM (INCLUDING)            TO (EXCLUDING)         CONVENTION
-----     ----------------            --------------         ----------
<S>    <C>                       <C>                         <C>
A-1    Prior Payment Date        Current Payment Date        Actual/360
A-2    20th day of prior month   20th day of current month   30/360
A-3    20th day of prior month   20th day of current month   30/360
A-4    20th day of prior month   20th day of current month   30/360
B      20th day of prior month   20th day of current month   30/360
C      20th day of prior month   20th day of current month   30/360
D      20th day of prior month   20th day of current month   30/360
</TABLE>

    If on any payment date the owner trust does not have sufficient funds, after
payment of reimbursement of servicer advances and the servicing fee, to make a
full payment of interest on any class of notes, the amount of the shortfall will
be carried forward and, together with interest on the shortfall amount at the
applicable interest rate for that class, added to the amount of interest the
affected class of noteholders will be entitled to receive on the next payment
date.

PRINCIPAL

    This section gives only an overview of how the owner trust will pay
principal. The depositor recommends that you read this section in connection
with the more detailed terms set forth in the pooling and servicing agreement
included as an exhibit to the registration statement filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission for the notes.

                                      S-48

<PAGE>
  OVERVIEW OF PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTIONS

    The principal required to be paid on the notes on each payment date will be
the amount necessary to pay the notes down so that their aggregate principal
balance equals the contract pool principal balance as of the last day of the
immediately preceding calendar month. This amount will be allocated among the
various classes of notes according to the priorities described in this section.

        first, the Class A Principal Payment Amount will be paid to the
        Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3 and Class A-4 Notes, sequentially in
        that order;

        second, the Class B Principal Payment Amount will be paid to the
        Class B Notes;

        third, the Class C Principal Payment Amount will be paid to the Class C
        Notes; and

        fourth, the Class D Principal Payment Amount will be paid to the
        Class D Notes.

    Subject to the Class A-1 Notes receiving the Class A-1 Scheduled Principal
Balance and the operation of the floors for each of the Subordinate Classes, the
owner trust will pay principal proportionately, among the Class A Notes as a
group, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and the Class D Notes, in the
priorities listed above. However, Class B, Class C and Class D notes will not
receive principal pro rata while the Class A-1 Notes are outstanding unless
there are sufficient prepayments or payments. In addition, the principal paydown
rules incorporate a concept of a floor on each class of the Subordinate Classes,
which means that the Subordinate Classes, for so long as any notes senior to
that class are outstanding, cannot be paid an amount of principal which would
reduce that Subordinate Class below its floor principal amount. If a Subordinate
Class is at its floor level, that Subordinate Class is 'locked out' from
receiving further principal payments, with the additional effect of reallocating
the principal that would otherwise have been paid to that Subordinate Class to
the most senior class then outstanding. The levels of the floors are not static,
but are subject to increase if the owner trust experiences contract pool losses
that cannot be funded from the current period's Available Pledged Revenues or
the cash collateral account. This increase in the level of the floors tends to
'lock out' the Subordinate Classes earlier, which accelerates the payment of the
reallocated principal to the senior classes. If unfunded losses become severe
and the cash collateral account is depleted, the unfunded loss amount could be
so large that the principal paydown rules result in a sequential-pay senior
subordinated structure among the various note classes, with no principal being
paid to a Subordinate Class unless the note principal amount of each class
senior to it has been paid in full.

  BEFORE AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

    The chart on the following page summarizes how principal will be paid on the
notes before any event of default. The section headed 'Definitions Concerning
Principal Payments' below defines various terms relating to the payment of
principal.

                                      S-49

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
     CLASS          PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
  <S>               <C>            <C>                                                        <C>
  Class A-1                        Begins receiving principal on first payment date
                                   Receives the Class A Principal Payment Amount until paid
                                   in full
                                   May also receive principal payments reallocated away from
                                   the Subordinate Classes through the operation of the
                                   floors
  Class A-2                        Begins receiving principal once Class A-1 is paid in full
                                   Receives the Class A Principal Payment Amount until paid
                                   in full
                                   May also receive principal payments reallocated away from
                                   the Subordinate Classes through the operation of the
                                   floors
  Class A-3                        Begins receiving principal once Class A-2 is paid in full
                                   Receives the Class A Principal Payment Amount until paid
                                   in full
                                   May also receive principal payments reallocated away from
                                   the Subordinate Classes through the operation of the
                                   floors
  Class A-4                        Begins receiving principal once Class A-3 is paid in full
                                   Receives the Class A Principal Payment Amount until paid
                                   in full
                                   May also receive principal payments reallocated away from
                                   the Subordinate Classes through the operation of the
                                   floors
  Class B                          Begins receiving principal on first payment date
                                   Receives the Class B Principal Payment Amount until paid
                                   in full
                                   Through the operation of its floor, Class B's principal
                                   payments are subject to reallocation for the benefit of
                                   Class A
                                   May also receive principal payments reallocated away from
                                   Class C and Class D through the operation of the floors
  Class C                          Begins receiving principal on first payment date
                                   Receives the Class C Principal Payment Amount until paid
                                   in full
                                   Through the operation of its floor, Class C's principal
                                   payments are subject to reallocation for the benefit of
                                   Class A and Class B
                                   May also receive principal payments reallocated away from
                                   Class D through the operation of the floors
  Class D                          Begins receiving principal on first payment date
                                   Receives the Class D Principal Payment Amount until paid
                                   in full
                                   Through the operation of its floor, Class D's principal
                                   payments are subject to reallocation for the benefit of
                                   Class A, Class B and Class C
</TABLE>

                                      S-50

<PAGE>
  DETAILED PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION RULES

    The priority of principal payments, i.e., the Total Principal Payment
Amount, will be in the following order:

       (1) the Class A Principal Payment Amount to the Class A-1, Class A-2,
           Class A-3 and Class A-4 Notes in that order (with each successive
           class not being entitled to principal until the prior class'
           principal amount is reduced to zero); and

       (2) the Class B Principal Payment Amount to the Class B noteholders;

       (3) the Class C Principal Payment Amount to the Class C noteholders;

       (4) the Class D Principal Payment Amount to the Class D noteholders; and

       (5) any Reallocated Principal, sequentially to the Class A-1, Class A-2,
           Class A-3, Class A-4, Class B, Class C and Class D Notes.

  PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER AN EVENT OF DEFAULT

    After an event of default occurs, all principal distributions among the
classes will be made as follows:

<TABLE>
      CLASS          PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
  <S>                <C>                                                         <C>
  Class A-1          100% of the Total Principal Payment Amount until paid in
                     full
  Class A-2          Pro Rata Share of the Total Principal Payment Amount until
  Class A-3 and      paid in full
  Class A-4
  Class B            100% of the Total Principal Payment Amount until paid in
                     full
  Class C            100% of the Total Principal Payment Amount until paid in
                     full
  Class D            100% of the Total Principal Payment Amount until paid in
                     full
</TABLE>

    Also, any Reallocated Principal will be allocated sequentially to the
Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4, Class B, Class C and Class D
noteholders in that order.

  DEFINITIONS CONCERNING PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS

    The CLASS A PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT is equal to:

       (1) as to any payment date until the payment date on which the Principal
           Amount of the Class A-1 Notes has been reduced to zero, the greater
           of (i) the excess of (x) the Principal Amount of the Class A-1 Notes
           over (y) the Class A-1 Scheduled Principal Balance and (ii) the
           excess of (x) the sum of the Principal Amount of the Class A-1,
           Class A-2, Class A-3 and Class A-4 Notes over (y) the Class A Target
           Principal Amount; and

       (2) for any subsequent payment date, the excess of (x) the sum of the
           Principal Amount of the Class A-2, Class A-3 and Class A-4 Notes over
           (y) the Class A Target Principal Amount.

                                      S-51

<PAGE>
    However, the Class A Principal Payment Amount may not exceed the Principal
Amount of the Class A Notes.

    The CLASS A PERCENTAGE will be 94.0%.

    The CLASS A TARGET PRINCIPAL AMOUNT for any payment date will be the product
of (a) the Class A Percentage and (b) the contract pool principal balance as of
the last day of the collection period immediately preceding the payment date.

    The CLASS A-1 SCHEDULED PRINCIPAL BALANCE on each payment date is set forth
in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     APPROXIMATE(1)
                                        CLASS A-1
                                        SCHEDULED
PAYMENT DATE                        PRINCIPAL BALANCE
------------                        -----------------
<S>                            <C>
October 2000                          $166,969,325
November 2000                         $137,962,590
December 2000                         $111,288,631
January 2001                          $ 82,116,147
February 2001                         $ 52,081,163
March 2001                            $ 25,023,325
April 2001                            $          0
</TABLE>

---------

(1) Based on the Statistical Discount Rate (Subject to change)

    The CLASS B FLOOR for any payment date will equal (1) 3.0% of the initial
contract pool principal balance, plus (2) the Unfunded Loss Amount, if any, for
that payment date, minus (3) the sum of the Principal Amount of the Class C
Notes and the Principal Amount of the Class D Notes, prior to giving effect to
any payments of principal on the Class C or Class D Notes on that payment date,
and the amount on deposit in the cash collateral account after giving effect to
withdrawals to be made on the payment date. However, the Class B Floor may not
be greater than the Principal Amount of the Class B Notes or less than zero.

    The CLASS B PERCENTAGE will be 1.5%.

    The CLASS B PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT will equal the lesser of (1) the
excess, if any, of (a) the Total Principal Payment Amount over (b) the Class A
Principal Payment Amount and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the Principal Amount
of the Class B Notes over (b) the greater of (x) the Class B Target Principal
Amount and (y) the Class B Floor. However, the Class B Principal Payment Amount
may not exceed the Principal Amount of the Class B Notes.

    The CLASS B TARGET PRINCIPAL AMOUNT for any payment date will be the product
of (a) the Class B Percentage and (b) the contract pool principal balance as of
the last day of the collection period immediately preceding the payment date.

    The CLASS C FLOOR for any payment date will equal (1) 2.2% of the initial
contract pool principal balance, plus (2) the Unfunded Loss Amount, if any, for
that payment date, minus (3) the sum of the Principal Amount of the Class D
Notes, prior to giving effect to any payments of principal on the Class D Notes
on the payment date, and the

                                      S-52

<PAGE>
amount on deposit in the cash collateral account after giving effect to
withdrawals to be made on that payment date. However, the Class C Floor may not
be greater than the Principal Amount of the Class C Notes or less than zero.
Furthermore, if the Principal Amount of the Class B Notes immediately prior to
any payment date is less than or equal to the Class B Floor for that payment
date, the Class C Floor for that payment date will equal the Principal Amount of
the Class C Notes immediately prior to that payment date.

    The CLASS C PERCENTAGE will be 2.0%.

    The CLASS C PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT will equal the lesser of (1) the
excess, if any, of (a) the Total Principal Payment Amount over (b) the sum of
the Class A Principal Payment Amount and the Class B Principal Payment Amount
and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the Principal Amount of the Class C Notes
over (b) the greater of (x) the Class C Target Principal Amount and (y) the
Class C Floor. However, the Class C Principal Payment Amount may not exceed the
Principal Amount of the Class C Notes.

    The CLASS C TARGET PRINCIPAL AMOUNT for any payment date will be the product
of (a) the Class C Percentage and (b) the contract pool principal balance as of
the last day of the collection period immediately preceding the payment date.

    The CLASS D FLOOR for any payment date will equal (1) 1.7% of the initial
contract pool principal balance, plus (2) the Unfunded Loss Amount, if any, for
that payment date, minus (3) the amount on deposit in the cash collateral
account after giving effect to withdrawals to be made on that payment date.
However, the Class D Floor may not be greater than the Principal Amount of the
Class D Notes or less than zero. Furthermore, if the Principal Amount of the
Class C Notes on any payment date is less than or equal to the Class C Floor on
that payment date, the Class D Floor for that payment date will equal the
Principal Amount of the Class D Notes immediately prior to that payment date.

    The CLASS D PERCENTAGE will be 2.5%.

    The CLASS D PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT will equal the lesser of (1) the
excess, if any, of (a) the Total Principal Payment Amount over (b) the sum of
the Class A Principal Payment Amount, the Class B Principal Payment Amount and
the Class C Principal Payment Amount and (2) the excess, if any, of (a) the
Principal Amount of the Class D Notes over (b) the greater of (x) the Class D
Target Principal Amount and (y) the Class D Floor. However, the Class D
Principal Payment Amount may not exceed the Principal Amount of the Class D
Notes.

    The CLASS D TARGET PRINCIPAL AMOUNT for any payment date will be the product
of (a) the Class D Percentage and (b) the contract pool principal balance as of
the last day of the collection period immediately preceding the payment date.

    The COLLECTION PERIOD for any payment date is the calendar month preceding
the month in which the payment date occurs.

    A DEFAULTED CONTRACT as to any collection period is any contract (a) which
the servicer has determined is uncollectible in accordance with its credit and
collection policies and procedures, (b) as to which during the collection period
10% or more of a

                                      S-53

<PAGE>
scheduled payment shall have become delinquent 180 days or more, or (c) as to
which the end-user has suffered an insolvency event.

    The DISCOUNT RATE is calculated by taking the sum of (a) the weighted
average interest rate of the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes, the
Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes and
the Class D Notes, each weighted by (1) their respective initial principal
amount, and (2) the expected weighted average life (under a 9.0% CPR prepayment
and no loss scenario to optional redemption) of each class of notes, as
applicable, and (b) the servicing fee rate of 0.75% per annum.

    PLEDGED REVENUES means the sum of:

        all scheduled payments on the contracts received on or after the cut-off
        date;

        any prepayment received on the contracts on or after the cut-off date;

        the purchase amount of any contracts purchased by the seller;

        the amount paid by the depositor to purchase the contracts under its
        option to purchase all contracts when the aggregate principal amount of
        the notes is less than 10% of the initial contract pool principal
        balance;

        the liquidation proceeds received in respect of any contracts; and

        any earnings on the investment of amounts credited to the collection
        account and the note distribution account.

    However, Pledged Revenues shall not include any amounts received with
respect to any residual value of leased equipment.

    PRINCIPAL AMOUNT means, when used with respect to a class of notes, the
initial principal balance of the class set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus supplement, less the sum of all distributions previously made to the
class (and all amounts held on deposit for payment to that class) in respect of
principal.

    The REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL for any payment date will equal the excess, if
any, of (1) the Total Principal Payment Amount, over (2) the sum of the Class A
Principal Payment Amount, the Class B Principal Payment Amount, the Class C
Principal Payment Amount and the Class D Principal Payment Amount.

    The RELATED COLLECTION PERIOD PLEDGED REVENUE means as to any payment date,
the amount of Pledged Revenues in the collection account as of the business day
preceding the payment date which were received by the depositor during the
related collection period, including all liquidation proceeds as to Defaulted
Contracts, but not including the residual value of leased equipment except to
the extent guaranteed by a vendor or end-user.

    The TOTAL PRINCIPAL PAYMENT AMOUNT for any payment date is the excess of (x)
the aggregate note principal amount immediately prior to that payment date over
(y) the contract pool principal balance as of the last day of the collection
period immediately preceding that payment date. For this purpose, the contract
pool principal balance will be deemed to be zero on any payment date on which
the contract pool principal balance is less than $10,000,000. The contract
principal balance of any contract which became a defaulted contract during a
given collection period or which

                                      S-54

<PAGE>
was a contract subject to a warranty claim which the depositor was obligated to
purchase as of the end of a given collection period will, for purposes of
computing the Total Principal Payment Amount and the requisite amount for the
cash collateral account, be deemed to be zero on and after the last day of the
collection period.

    The UNFUNDED LOSS AMOUNT for any payment date will equal any excess of:

       (a) the remainder of

           (1) the aggregate note principal amount, prior to giving effect to
               the payment of principal on the notes on that payment date, minus

           (2) the lesser of

                 (A) the contract pool principal balance as of the last day of
                     the collection period immediately preceding the preceding
                     payment date, minus the contract pool principal balance as
                     of the last day of the collection period immediately
                     preceding the payment date; or

                 (B) the Related Collection Period Pledged Revenue remaining
                     after payment of amounts owing to the servicer and note
                     interest on the payment date plus any withdrawal from the
                     cash collateral account for payment of note principal on
                     the payment date,

          over

       (b) the contract pool principal balance as of the last day of the related
           collection period.

CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT

    The indenture trustee will establish the cash collateral account on or prior
to the closing date. It will be available to the indenture trustee for the
benefit of the noteholders. The depositor will initially fund the cash
collateral account in the amount of $      (6.50% of the initial contract pool
principal balance), which may include proceeds of loans from third party lenders
to the owner trust under a cash collateral account loan agreement. Available
amounts on deposit from time to time in the cash collateral account shall be
used to fund the amounts specified below in the following order of priority to
the extent that amounts on deposit in the collection account, after payment of
servicer fees and reimbursement of servicer advances, as of any deposit date are
insufficient:

       (1) to pay interest on the notes in the order of priority described under
           'Distributions' above;

       (2) to pay any 'principal deficiency amount,' which is equal to the
           excess, if any, of

           (A) the aggregate principal amount of the notes, after giving effect
               to all distributions of principal from Available Pledged Revenues
               on the payment date, over

           (B) the contract pool principal balance as of the last day of the
               related collection period; and

                                      S-55

<PAGE>
       (3) to pay principal on the notes at the applicable stated maturity dates
           and on the first payment date on which the contract pool principal
           balance is less than $10,000,000.

    To the extent that the amount on deposit in the cash collateral account as
of any payment date is less than the required amount, any remaining amount
available in the collection account, after payment of any reimbursement of
servicer advances, the servicing fee, interest and principal then due and
payable on the notes, as described under ' -- Distributions' above, will be
transferred to the cash collateral account to restore this deficiency.

    The required amount of the cash collateral account will be, for any payment
date, the greater of:

       (a) the sum of

           (1) 6.50% of the contract pool principal balance as of the last day
               of the related collection period, plus

           (2) the excess, if any, of

                 (A) the sum of the principal amounts of the notes, after giving
                     effect to all distributions of principal on the payment
                     date, over

                 (B) the contract pool principal balance as of the last day of
                     the related collection period, and

       (b) $      (1.25% of the initial contract pool principal balance).

    However, in no event will the required amount exceed the aggregate principal
amount of the notes.

    The servicer or the indenture trustee acting at the direction of the
servicer will release any amount on deposit in the cash collateral account in
excess of the required amount and all net investment earnings on funds in the
cash collateral account. The indenture trustee will pay these amounts to or upon
the servicer's order, and they will not be available to make payments on the
notes.

    The cash collateral account must be maintained with a qualified institution.
Funds on deposit in the cash collateral account will be invested in eligible
investments, as defined under 'Description of the Notes and Indenture -- Trust
Accounts' in the accompanying prospectus.

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF CONTRACTS AND REDEMPTION OF NOTES

    The seller may purchase all of the contracts on any payment date following
the date on which the aggregate note principal amount at the time is less than
10% of the initial contract pool principal balance. The purchase price that the
seller would pay in connection with a purchase shall be the sum of

        the remaining principal amount of the notes, together with accrued
        interest;

        unreimbursed servicer advances and unpaid servicer fees; and

        any other amounts payable at the time from Available Pledged Revenues;
        minus

                                      S-56

<PAGE>
        available amounts on deposit in the collection account.

    If the seller does purchase the contracts, the notes shall be redeemed on
the payment date on which the purchase occurs. The redemption price will be the
principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the
principal amount of each class of notes to but excluding the redemption date.

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

    The servicer will furnish to the indenture trustee, and the indenture
trustee will include with each distribution, a statement in respect of the
related payment date. The statement shall set forth, among other things, all
information necessary to enable the indenture trustee to make the distribution
required for the notes and to reconcile all deposits to and withdrawals from
accounts. See 'Description of the Notes and Indenture -- Reports to Noteholders'
in the accompanying prospectus. You will not receive reports directly from the
indenture trustee. The servicer will file the reports with the Securities and
Exchange Commission. However, in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
the owner trust expects that its obligation to file these reports will be
terminated at the end of 2000.

SERVICING

    The servicer will be responsible for

        managing,

        administering,

        servicing, and

        making collections

on the contracts. Compensation to the servicer will include

       (1) a monthly servicing fee, which will be payable to the servicer from
           the amount available on each payment date, in an amount equal to the
           product of one-twelfth of 0.75 percent per annum multiplied by the
           contract pool principal balance determined as of the first day of the
           related collection period;

       (2) any late fees, late payment interest, documentation fees, insurance
           administration charges, extension fees and other administrative
           charges, collected with respect to the contracts during the related
           collection period; and

       (3) any investment earnings on collections prior to their deposit in the
           collection account.

    The indenture trustee may terminate the servicer as servicer under some
circumstances, in which event the indenture trustee would appoint a successor
servicer to service the contracts. See 'AT&T Capital Corporation' and
'Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing -- Events of
Termination' in the accompanying prospectus.

                                      S-57

<PAGE>
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

    Allfirst Bank will serve as the indenture trustee. The indenture trustee may
resign at any time, in which event the owner trust will be obligated to appoint
a successor trustee. The owner trust may also remove the indenture trustee if

       (1) the indenture trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as indenture
           trustee under the indenture,

       (2) a bankruptcy proceeding results in the event of relief or appointment
           of a receiver as to the indenture trustee,

       (3) the indenture trustee commences bankruptcy or similar proceedings or

       (4) the indenture trustee becomes incapable of acting.

Any resignation or removal of the indenture trustee and appointment of a
successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by a successor trustee.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

    The seller will make representations and warranties with respect to the
contracts as described in the accompanying prospectus under 'The
Contracts -- Representations and Warranties Made by the Seller.'

    On the date that the depositor adds a substitute contract to the contract
pool, the seller and the depositor will make the same representations and
warranties as if the transfer occurred on the closing date. However, for these
purposes (a) the contract pool on the closing date shall be deemed to include
the substitute contract in lieu of the contract being replaced or substituted
and (b) the contract principal balance of the substitute contract shall be equal
to or greater than the contract principal balance of the contract being replaced
or substituted as of the related cut-off date.

    The owner trust shall reassign to the depositor, and the seller will be
obligated to purchase from the depositor, any contract transferred by the owner
trust at any time there is a breach of any of these representations or
warranties. However, the cure of the breach in all material respects, or the
waiver of the breach, will be an adequate remedy. This purchase shall occur no
later than the second deposit date after the servicer becomes aware, or receives
written notice, of the breach. The 'deposit date' means the business day
preceding a payment date. This purchase obligation will constitute the sole
remedy against the depositor and the seller available to the owner trust, the
indenture trustee and the noteholders or equity certificateholder for a breach
of these representations or warranties.

    Under the pooling and servicing agreement, a contract transferred by the
owner trust shall be reassigned to the seller and the seller shall make a
deposit in the collection account in immediately available funds in an amount
equal to the contract principal balance of the contract. Any amount the seller
deposits into the collection account in connection with the reassignment of a
contract transferred by the owner trust shall be considered payment in full of
the ineligible contract. This amount shall be treated as Available Pledged
Revenues. In the alternative, the seller may cause the depositor to convey to
the owner trust a substitute contract satisfying the terms and conditions
applicable to substitute contracts in replacement for the affected contract.

                                      S-58

<PAGE>
The affected contract shall be deemed released by the owner trust and indenture
trustee and reconveyed to the depositor and by the depositor to the seller.

INDEMNIFICATION

    The pooling and servicing agreement provides that the servicer will
indemnify

        the depositor,

        the owner trust,

        the owner trustee,

        the indenture trustee,

        the holder of the equity certificate and

        the noteholders

from and against any loss or injury sustained from third party claims resulting
from acts or omissions of the servicer with respect to trust assets or any duty
or obligations of the servicer under the agreement, except where the claims
result from willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith of the indemnified
person.

AMENDMENTS

    The pooling and servicing agreement and the indenture may be amended only
with the consent of the required majority of the noteholders, see 'Description
of the Notes and Indenture -- Modification of Indenture with Noteholder Consent'
and 'Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements -- Amendment' in the
accompanying prospectus. The required majority means 66 2/3% of the principal
amount of the Class A Notes until paid in full, then of the Class B Notes until
paid in full, then of the Class C Notes until paid in full and then of the
Class D Notes.

    The parties may amend the cash collateral account loan agreement without
noteholder consent to cure any ambiguity or inconsistency or to address any
other matter but only if the amendment will not adversely affect the
noteholders. The parties may also amend the cash collateral account loan
agreement in any other manner with the consent of the required majority of
noteholders determined as provided above. However, without the consent of all
noteholders, no amendment may reduce the amount available in the cash collateral
account for the payment of interest or principal on notes or reduce the
noteholder consent required for any amendment.

    Also, any amendment of the cash collateral account loan agreement will not
be effective unless each rating agency confirms that the amendment will not
result in a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the ratings on the
relevant notes.

                              RATINGS OF THE NOTES

    It is a condition of issuance that each of Standard & Poor's Ratings
Services and Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

        rate the Class A-1 Notes A-1+ and P-1, respectively,

        rate the Class A-2 Notes AAA and Aaa, respectively,

        rate the Class A-3 and Class A-4 Notes AAA and Aaa, respectively,

                                      S-59

<PAGE>
        rate the Class B Notes at least AA and Aa3, respectively,

        rate the Class C Notes at least A and A2, respectively, and

        rate the Class D Notes at least BBB and Baa3, respectively.

    The ratings address the likelihood of the timely receipt of interest and
payment of principal on each class of notes on or before the stated maturity
date for the class. The ratings will be based primarily upon the Available
Pledged Revenues, the cash collateral account and the subordination provided by

        the Subordinate Classes, in the case of the Class A Notes,

        the Class C and Class D Notes, in the case of the Class B Notes; and

        the Class D Notes, in the case of the Class C Notes.

    There is no assurance that any rating will not be lowered or withdrawn by
the assigning rating agency. In the event that ratings with respect to the notes
are qualified, reduced or withdrawn, no person or entity will be obligated to
provide any additional credit enhancement with respect to the notes.

    The ratings should be evaluated independently from similar ratings on other
types of securities. A rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold
notes, inasmuch as these ratings do not comment as to market price or
suitability for a particular investor. The ratings do not address the likelihood
of payment of principal on any class of notes prior to the stated maturity date
or the possibility of the imposition of United States withholding tax with
respect to non-United States Persons.

    The term 'United States Person' means

       (1) a citizen or resident of the United States,

       (2) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of the
           United States or any political subdivision thereof,

       (3) an estate the income of which is includable in gross income for
           United States federal income tax purposes, regardless of its source,
           or

       (4) a trust, (A) with respect to which a court within the United States
           is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration, and
           one or more United States fiduciaries have the authority to control
           all of its substantial decisions, or (B) otherwise, the income of
           which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    The owner trust will use the proceeds from the sale of notes, after paying
funds into the cash collateral account and paying expenses, to pay the purchase
price for the contracts to the depositor. The depositor will use a portion of
the proceeds to pay amounts owed to another trust for the acquisition of
contracts from the trust. The trust from which the owner trust acquired some of
the contracts will use the proceeds it receives to pay down a warehouse
receivables securitization facility.

                                      S-60

<PAGE>
                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    None of

        the depositor,

        the servicer,

        the originators,

        the seller, or

        the owner trust

are parties to any legal proceedings which could have a material adverse impact
on noteholders' interests in notes or the owner trust's assets.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    Under the terms of an underwriting agreement dated September   , 2000, the
underwriters have severally agreed to purchase the following respective initial
principal amounts of notes at the respective public offering prices less the
respective underwriting discounts shown on the cover page of this prospectus
supplement:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   INITIAL      INITIAL      INITIAL      INITIAL
                                  PRINCIPAL    PRINCIPAL    PRINCIPAL    PRINCIPAL
                                  AMOUNT OF    AMOUNT OF    AMOUNT OF    AMOUNT OF
                                  CLASS A-1    CLASS A-2    CLASS A-3    CLASS A-4
UNDERWRITER                         NOTES        NOTES        NOTES        NOTES
-----------                         -----        -----        -----        -----
<S>                               <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. ......
Banc One Capital Markets,
  Inc. .........................
Barclays Capital Inc. ..........
Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown.......
First Union Securities, Inc. ...
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ....
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              INITIAL      INITIAL      INITIAL
                                             PRINCIPAL    PRINCIPAL    PRINCIPAL
                                             AMOUNT OF    AMOUNT OF    AMOUNT OF
                                              CLASS B      CLASS C      CLASS D
UNDERWRITER                                    NOTES        NOTES        NOTES
-----------                                    -----        -----        -----
<S>                                          <C>          <C>          <C>
Salomon Smith Barney Inc. .................
Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. ............
Barclays Capital Inc. .....................
Deutsche Banc Alex. Brown..................
First Union Securities, Inc. ..............
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ...............
</TABLE>

    In the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed to purchase all
of the notes being offered, if any of the notes are purchased. The underwriters
have advised the depositor that they propose initially to offer the notes to the
public at the respective public offering prices shown on the cover page of this
prospectus supplement, and to certain dealers at that price, less a concession
not in excess of the amount noted in the table below. The underwriters may allow
and the dealers may

                                      S-61

<PAGE>
reallow to other dealers a discount not in excess of the amount noted in the
table below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 DEALER      DEALER
               CONCESSION   DISCOUNT
                 NOT TO      NOT TO
CLASS OF NOTE    EXCEED      EXCEED
-------------    ------      ------
<S>            <C>          <C>
     A-1              %           %
     A-2              %           %
     A-3              %           %
     A-4              %           %
      B               %           %
      C               %           %
      D               %           %
</TABLE>

    After the notes are released for sale to the public, the offering prices and
other selling terms may be varied by the underwriters.

    In connection with the offering of the notes, Salomon Smith Barney Inc., on
behalf of the underwriters, may engage in overallotment, stabilizing
transactions and syndicate covering transactions in accordance with Regulation M
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Overallotment involves sales in
excess of the offering size, which creates a short position for the
underwriters. Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase the notes in the
open markets for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the
notes. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of notes in the open
market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short
positions. Stabilizing and syndicate covering transactions may cause the price
of the notes to be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of those
transactions. If Salomon Smith Barney Inc., on behalf of the underwriters,
engages in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions, it may discontinue
them at any time.

    The depositor and some of its affiliates have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against some liabilities in connection with the sale of notes,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

    The notes are new issues of securities with no established trading market.
The underwriters have advised the depositor that the underwriters intend to make
a market in the notes but are not obligated to do so and may discontinue market
making at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity
of the trading market for the notes.

    The depositor has estimated that it will spend approximately $       for
printing, rating agency, trustee and legal fees and other expenses related to
the offering.

                                  TAX MATTERS

    Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, New York, New York, will deliver an opinion
confirming the accuracy of the statements regarding material United States
federal income tax consequences as set forth in the accompanying prospectus. See
'Material Federal Income Tax Consequences' in the accompanying prospectus.

                                      S-62

<PAGE>
                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, New York, New York, has provided a legal opinion
relating to the notes in its capacity as special counsel to the owner trust, the
depositor, the originators, the servicer and the administrator. Other legal
matters for the underwriters will be passed upon by Winston & Strawn, Chicago,
Illinois. The indenture, the pooling and servicing agreement and the notes will
be governed by the laws of the State of New York. The trust agreement will be
governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

                                    EXPERTS

    The balance sheet of CIT Equipment Collateral 2000-2 as of August 31, 2000
has been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the
report of KPMG LLP, independent certified public accountants, appearing
elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting
and auditing.

                                      S-63

<PAGE>
                        CIT EQUIPMENT COLLATERAL 2000-2
                      BALANCE SHEET AS OF AUGUST 31, 2000

<TABLE>
<S>                                              <C>
Assets -- Cash.................................  $ 0
                                                 ---
                                                 ---
Liabilities....................................  $ 0
Beneficial Equity..............................  $ 0
                                                 ---
Total Liabilities and Beneficial Equity........  $ 0
                                                 ---
                                                 ---
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to balance sheet.

                           NOTES TO THE BALANCE SHEET

    CIT Equipment Collateral 2000-2 (the 'Owner Trust') is a limited purpose
business trust established under the laws of the State of Delaware. It was
formed on August 31, 2000 by NCT Funding Company, L.L.C. (the 'Trust Depositor')
and Chase Manhattan Bank USA, National Association (the 'Owner Trustee') under a
trust agreement dated as of August 31, 2000 between the Trust Depositor and the
Owner Trustee. The activities of the Owner Trust are limited by the terms of the
trust agreement to acquiring, owning and managing lease and loan contracts and
related assets, issuing and making payments on notes and subordinate securities
and other related activities. Prior to and including August 31, 2000, the Owner
Trust did not conduct any activities.

    The Trust Depositor will pay all fees and expenses related to the
organization and operations of the Owner Trust, other than withholding taxes
imposed by the United States or any other domestic taxing authority. The Trust
Depositor has also agreed to indemnify the indenture trustee and Owner Trustee
and certain other persons involved in the sale of notes.

                                      S-64

<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Owner Trustee of
CIT EQUIPMENT COLLATERAL 2000-2

    We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of CIT Equipment Collateral
2000-2 (the 'Trust'), as of August 31, 2000. This financial statement is the
responsibility of the Trust's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

    We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material
misstatement. An audit of a balance sheet includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in that balance sheet. An audit
of a balance sheet also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of CIT Equipment Collateral 2000-2 as
of August 31, 2000 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                          KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey
September 18, 2000

                                      S-65

<PAGE>
                             INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Available Pledged Revenues..................................  S-46
CIT.........................................................  S-37
Class A Notes...............................................  S-45
Class A Percentage..........................................  S-52
Class A Principal Payment Amount............................  S-51
Class A Target Principal Amount.............................  S-52
Class A-1 Scheduled Principal Balance.......................  S-52
Class B Floor...............................................  S-52
Class B Percentage..........................................  S-52
Class B Principal Payment Amount............................  S-52
Class B Target Principal Amount.............................  S-52
Class C Floor...............................................  S-52
Class C Percentage..........................................  S-53
Class C Principal Payment Amount............................  S-53
Class C Target Principal Amount.............................  S-53
Class D Floor...............................................  S-53
Class D Percentage..........................................  S-53
Class D Principal Payment Amount............................  S-53
Class D Target Principal Amount.............................  S-53
collection period...........................................  S-53
contract pool principal balance.............................   S-7
contract principal balance..................................   S-7
CPR.........................................................  S-28
Defaulted Contract..........................................  S-53
deposit date................................................  S-58
Discount Rate...............................................  S-54
EF..........................................................  S-38
Newcourt....................................................  S-37
Owner Trust.................................................  S-64
Owner Trustee...............................................  S-64
Pledged Revenues............................................  S-54
Principal Amount............................................  S-54
principal deficiency amount.................................  S-55
Reallocated Principal.......................................  S-54
Related Collection Period Pledged Revenue...................  S-54
Statistical Discount Rate...................................   S-8
Subordinate Classes.........................................  S-45
Total Principal Payment Amount..............................  S-54
Trust.......................................................  S-65
Trust Depositor.............................................  S-64
Unfunded Loss Amount........................................  S-55
United States Person........................................  S-60
VTF.........................................................  S-38
</TABLE>

                                      S-66

<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS

                          NCT FUNDING COMPANY, L.L.C.
                            RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES
                              (ISSUABLE IN SERIES)
                          NCT FUNDING COMPANY, L.L.C.
                                   DEPOSITOR

    The depositor will form an owner trust for each series of notes. Each owner
trust will offer receivable-backed notes under this prospectus and a prospectus
supplement. The prospectus supplement will be prepared separately for each
series of notes. Each series may include one or more classes of notes.

    Each owner trust will use the note sale proceeds to acquire a pool of
contracts which the depositor will simultaneously transfer to the owner trust.

    The right of each class of notes to receive payments may be senior or
subordinate to the rights of one or more of the other classes of notes. The rate
of payment on the notes of any class will depend on the priority of payment of
the class and the rate and timing of payments of the related contracts.

    THE NOTES OF EACH SERIES WILL BE OBLIGATIONS OF THE RELATED OWNER TRUST
ONLY.

                              -------------------

CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE RISK FACTORS BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND
   THE OTHER RISK FACTORS INCLUDED IN THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

                          ---------------------------

  NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF
    THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                        CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                        -------------------------------

    This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of notes unless
accompanied by the prospectus supplement relating to the notes.

                        Prospectus dated July 19, 1999.




<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
  PROSPECTUS AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.....     4
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY..........................................     5
RISK FACTORS................................................    11
    The Absence of an Existing Market for the Notes May
      Limit Your Ability to Resell the Notes................    11
    Contract Prepayment, Ineligibility or Default May Cause
      Earlier Repayments of the Notes than You Expect and
      You May Not Be Able To Find Investments with the Same
      Yield as the Notes at the Time of the Repayment.......    11
    The Price at Which You Can Resell Your Notes May
      Decrease if the Ratings of Your Notes Change..........    12
    The Subordination of Some Classes of Notes is Only a
      Limited Form of Credit Enhancement and Does Not Ensure
      Payment of the More Senior Classes....................    12
    Limited Assets are Available for Payment of the Notes;
      Noteholders Will Have No Recourse to the Originators,
      Depositor, Servicer or their Affiliates in the Event
      Delinquencies and Losses Reduce the Trust's Assets....    12
    Even if an Owner Trust Repossesses and Sells the
      Equipment Relating to a Contract After an Obligor
      Defaults, Shortfalls in Amounts Available To Pay the
      Notes May Occur if the Market Value of the Equipment
      Has Declined..........................................    13
    Not Having Possession of Contract Files May Hinder an
      Owner Trust's Ability to Realize the Value of
      Equipment Securing the Contracts......................    13
    Failure to Take all Steps Necessary to Perfect Security
      Interests in Equipment, to Record Assignment of
      Security Interests to the Owner Trust or to Record
      Security Interests in Titled Equipment May Hinder the
      Owner Trust's Ability to Realize the Value of
      Equipment Securing the Contracts......................    13
    Repurchase Obligation of the Seller Provides You Only
      Limited Protection Against Prior Liens on the
      Contracts or Equipment................................    14
    If a Bankruptcy Court Rules that the Transfer of
      Contracts from a Vendor to an Originator was not a
      True Sale then Payments on the Contracts may be
      Reduced or Delayed....................................    15
    A Bankruptcy Court Determination that the Transfer of
      Contracts from Originators to the Seller, from the
      Seller to the Depositor or from the Depositor to the
      Owner Trust was not a True Sale then Payments on the
      Contracts Could be Reduced or Delayed.................    15
    Insolvency of the Vendors Could Delay or Reduce Payments
      to You................................................    16
</TABLE>

                                       2

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
    End-User Bankruptcy May Reduce or Delay Collections on
      the Contracts and Disposition of Equipment Relating to
      These or Other Defaulting End-Users May be Delayed or
      May not Result in Complete Recovery of Amounts Due....    16
    Commingling of Collections Could Result in Reduced
      Payments to You.......................................    16
    Bankruptcy of Depositor or the Owner Trust May Cause
      Delays in or Reduce Collections Under the Contracts...    17
    The Seller's Obligation to Repurchase Contacts Could be
      Impaired by Bankruptcy................................    17
    Contracts Relating to Software or Related Support and
      Consulting Services are not Secured by the Software or
      Related Services......................................    17
    Year 2000 Issues May Impact the Servicer's Ability to
      Service the Contracts.................................    18
    The Year 2000 Problem May Also Affect The Depository
      Trust Company's Record-Keeping and Distributions......    18
    Limitations on Enforceability of Security Interests in
      the Equipment May Hinder the Owner Trust's Ability to
      Realize the Value of Equipment Securing the
      Contracts.............................................    19
    Bankruptcy Court Rejection of 'True Leases' May Reduce
      Funds Available to Pay Notes..........................    19
THE DEPOSITOR...............................................    19
THE OWNER TRUSTS............................................    21
NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP INC...................................    22
THE SERVICER................................................    23
THE SELLER AND ORIGINATORS..................................    24
THE CONTRACTS...............................................    33
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE......................    52
DESCRIPTION OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS.........    65
MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES....................    70
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS........................................    77
RATINGS OF THE NOTES........................................    79
USE OF PROCEEDS.............................................    79
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION........................................    80
LEGAL MATTERS...............................................    80
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION.........................    80
INDEX OF TERMS..............................................    82
</TABLE>

                                       3

<PAGE>
              IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
             PROSPECTUS AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT

    The depositor tells you about the notes in two separate documents:

     this prospectus, which provides general information, some of which may not
     apply to a particular series of notes, including your series of notes; and

     the prospectus supplement related to the particular terms of your series of
     notes.

    SOME PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR IN SOME WAY AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE NOTES. THESE TYPES OF
TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING, THE PURCHASE OF NOTES TO COVER SYNDICATE
SHORT POSITIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE
ACTIVITIES, PLEASE READ THE SECTION ENTITLED 'PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION' IN YOUR
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.

                                       4

<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    The following is only a summary of the terms of the notes. It does not
contain all information that may be important to you. You should read this
entire prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. In addition, you
may wish to read the documents governing the sale of the contracts, the
formation of the trust and the issuance of notes. Those documents have been
filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a
part.

    There are material risks associated with an investment in the notes. See
'Risk Factors' beginning on page 11 for a discussion of factors you should
consider before investing in notes.

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Issuer and Owner Trust....................  For each series of notes, the depositor will
                                            form an owner trust and prepare a prospectus
                                            supplement. Each owner trust will own a pool
                                            of contracts and other assets. The depositor
                                            will identify the owner trust and trustee in
                                            your prospectus supplement.
Servicer..................................  AT&T Capital Corporation, an indirect
                                            subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group Inc.,
                                            unless otherwise specified in your prospectus
                                            supplement.
Indenture Trustee.........................  For your series of notes, the depositor will
                                            identify the indenture trustee in your
                                            prospectus supplement.
The Notes.................................  Each owner trust will issue one or more
                                            classes of notes.
Terms of the Notes........................  See 'Description of the Notes and Indenture'
                                            in this prospectus and your prospectus
                                            supplement.
   Payment Dates..........................  Each owner trust will pay interest and
                                            principal on notes on the dates specified in a
                                            prospectus supplement.
   Interest...............................  The prospectus supplement will state the
                                            interest rates for the notes described in the
                                            prospectus supplement.
   Principal..............................  The principal payments to be made by the owner
                                            trust on notes will be as described in the
                                            prospectus supplement for the notes.
   Subordination..........................  A class of notes may not be entitled to
                                            receive payments of principal and interest
                                            until after the owner trust pays one or more
                                            other classes of notes. This makes it more
                                            likely that senior notes will be paid all
                                            interest and principal due on
</TABLE>

                                       5

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            them, and less likely that subordinate notes
                                            will be paid all interest and principal due on
                                            them.
   Ratings................................  An owner trust will not issue a series of
                                            notes unless one or more nationally recognized
                                            rating agencies have assigned investment grade
                                            ratings to the notes. For a more complete
                                            description of note ratings, see 'Ratings of
                                            the Notes' in this prospectus and in your
                                            prospectus supplement.
Trust Assets..............................  Each owner trust will make payments on notes
                                            it issues, primarily from funds from the
                                            following assets:
                                            equipment lease contracts,
                                            installment payment contracts,
                                            promissory notes,
                                            conditional sale agreements,
                                            financing agreements, and
                                            deposits in bank accounts.
The Contracts.............................  Your prospectus supplement provides the
                                            particular terms of your series of notes and
                                            information about:
                                            the initial principal balance of the contracts
                                              transferred to the owner trust issuing the
                                              notes;
                                            the number of contracts;
                                            the average contract principal balance;
                                            the various types of contracts;
                                            the geographical distribution of the
                                              contracts;
                                            the remaining term of the contracts; and
                                            the weighted average remaining term of the
                                              contracts.
                                            All of the contracts will be commercial
                                            contracts. Most of the contracts are end-user
                                            contracts. End-user contracts relate to the
                                            financing by end-users of equipment or
                                            software and related support and consulting
                                            services. The obligors on the end-user
                                            contracts are the actual end-users. The other
                                            contracts are limited recourse loans to
                                            equipment manufacturers, dealers or
                                            distributors or to computer software
                                            distributors, all of which are secured by one
                                            or more end-user contracts.
</TABLE>

                                       6

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            As of the cut-off date for each pool of
                                            contracts, no contract in that pool will be
                                            delinquent.
                                            The 'contract principal balance' of any
                                            contract is the present value of the unpaid
                                            scheduled payments on that contract,
                                            discounted at a discount rate that will be
                                            stated in your prospectus supplement. This
                                            prospectus and the prospectus supplement refer
                                            to the aggregate of the contract principal
                                            balances as the 'contract pool principal
                                            balance.'
Seller and Originators....................  Newcourt Financial USA Inc., a subsidiary of
                                            Newcourt Credit Group Inc., will be the seller
                                            of the contracts to the depositor for deposit
                                            into the owner trust. The seller will itself
                                            originate or acquire contracts. The seller
                                            will also acquire contracts originated or
                                            acquired by other subsidiaries of Newcourt
                                            Credit Group Inc. Prior to the offering of a
                                            series of notes, the seller may have sold
                                            contracts to the depositor for deposit into a
                                            trust used in connection with temporary
                                            financing arrangements. The depositor may
                                            acquire some or all of these contracts for
                                            deposit into the owner trust in connection
                                            with the offering and sale of a particular
                                            series of notes. See 'Newcourt Credit Group
                                            Inc.' and 'The Seller and Originators' in this
                                            prospectus.
Contract Prepayments......................  Some contracts may:
                                            not permit the obligor to prepay or terminate
                                              the contract prior to its expiration date,
                                            allow for a prepayment or early termination
                                              upon payment of at least the contract
                                              principal balance,
                                            allow for a prepayment or early termination
                                              without the payment of the contract
                                              principal balance, or
                                            permit the obligor to prepay the contract at
                                              any time by paying the unpaid principal plus
                                              accrued interest.
Liquidated Contracts......................  Your prospectus supplement will describe how
                                            liquidation proceeds from a defaulted contract
                                            will be allocated.
</TABLE>

                                       7

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Mandatory Purchase or Replacement of
  Contracts...............................  Newcourt Financial USA, as the seller,
                                            directly or indirectly, of contracts to the
                                            depositor, will make representations regarding
                                            the contracts. In the event of an uncured
                                            material breach of any of these
                                            representations, Newcourt Financial USA must
                                            purchase or replace any contract.
                                            See 'The Contracts -- Representations and
                                            Warranties made by the Seller' in this
                                            prospectus and 'Weighted Average Life of the
                                            Notes' in your prospectus supplement.
Leased Equipment..........................  The depositor will not transfer to any owner
                                            trust the depositor's interest in equipment
                                            covered by lease contracts. Amounts
                                            representing payment of the residual value of
                                            leased equipment are not available to pay
                                            principal or interest on notes, except to the
                                            extent that a vendor or obligor has guaranteed
                                            the residual value of leased equipment.
Credit Enhancement........................  The depositor may arrange for credit
                                            enhancement for some notes. Credit enhancement
                                            may include:
                                            a cash collateral account;
                                            a financial guaranty insurance policy;
                                            subordination of one or more other classes of
                                              notes;
                                            a reserve account;
                                            overcollateralization;
                                            letters of credit or liquidity facilities;
                                            repurchase obligations;
                                            third party payments or other support;
                                            cash deposits; or
                                            other arrangements which may become suitable
                                              in light of credit enhancement practices or
                                              developments in the future.
                                            Your prospectus supplement will describe any
                                            credit enhancement applicable to your notes.
Priority of Payments......................  The indenture trustee for your notes will
                                            apply contract payments as described in the
                                            prospectus supplement for your notes.
</TABLE>

                                       8

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Optional Purchase of Contracts............  Once the principal balance of a note series is
                                            less than 10% of the initial contract pool
                                            principal balance, the depositor may
                                            repurchase all the contracts held by the owner
                                            trust. That would result in a redemption of
                                            the outstanding notes. See 'Description of the
                                            Notes and Indenture -- Optional Purchase of
                                            Contracts and Redemption of Notes' in this
                                            prospectus and in your prospectus supplement.
Substitution..............................  Newcourt Financial USA and the depositor may
                                            substitute into the owner trust one or more
                                            similar contracts for prepaid contracts or
                                            contracts in default. They may not make
                                            substitutions for defaulted contracts if all
                                            substitutions together would exceed 10% of the
                                            contract pool principal balance in the owner
                                            trust at any time. They are not required to
                                            replace any contract. See 'The
                                            Contracts -- Substitution of Contracts.'
U.S. Taxation.............................  In the opinion of the depositor's counsel,
                                            Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, the notes will be
                                            characterized as debt and the owner trusts
                                            will not be characterized as 'associations' or
                                            'publicly traded partnerships' taxable as
                                            corporations for federal income tax purposes.
                                            By purchasing a note, you agree to treat your
                                            note as debt for federal, state and local
                                            income tax purposes.
                                            The depositor suggests that you consult your
                                            own tax advisor about the federal income tax
                                            consequences of purchasing, owning and
                                            disposing of notes, and the tax consequences
                                            in any state or other taxing jurisdiction. See
                                            'Material Federal Income Tax Consequences'
                                            below.
ERISA Considerations......................  Subject to the considerations described in
                                            'ERISA Considerations' in this prospectus,
                                            employee benefit plans that are subject to the
                                            Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
                                            1974, as amended, may purchase notes.
</TABLE>

                                       9

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Registration, Clearance and Settlement of
  Notes...................................  Each of the notes will be registered in the
                                            name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of The
                                            Depository Trust Company. You may purchase the
                                            notes only in book-entry form on the records
                                            of The Depository Trust Company and
                                            participating members. The owner trust will
                                            issue the notes in definitive form only under
                                            the limited circumstances described in this
                                            prospectus under 'Description of the Notes and
                                            Indenture -- Issuance of Certificated Notes at
                                            a Later Date.'
</TABLE>

                                       10

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    You should carefully consider the following risk factors and additional risk
factors listed in your prospectus supplement before you invest in the notes.

THE ABSENCE OF AN EXISTING MARKET FOR THE NOTES MAY LIMIT YOUR ABILITY TO RESELL
THE NOTES

    There is currently no public market for the notes and the depositor cannot
assure you that one will develop. Thus, you may not be able to resell your notes
at all, or may be able to do so only at a substantial discount. The underwriters
may assist in resales of the notes but they are not obligated to do so. The
depositor does not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any securities
exchange or for the inclusion of the notes on any automated quotation system.
Even if a secondary market does develop, it may not continue.

CONTRACT PREPAYMENT, INELIGIBILITY OR DEFAULT MAY CAUSE EARLIER REPAYMENTS OF
THE NOTES THAN YOU EXPECT AND YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO FIND INVESTMENTS WITH THE
SAME YIELD AS THE NOTES AT THE TIME OF THE REPAYMENT.

    A higher than anticipated level of prepayments or liquidation of contracts
that become defaulted may cause an owner trust to pay principal on the notes
sooner than you expected. Also, an owner trust may pay principal sooner than you
expected if Newcourt Financial USA repurchases ineligible contracts. Similarly,
upon the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture, you may receive
principal of the notes sooner than you expected. See 'Description of the Notes
and Indenture -- Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.' You may not
be able to reinvest those distributions of principal at yields equivalent to the
yield on the notes; therefore, the ultimate return you receive on your
investment in the notes may be less than the return you expected on the notes.

    The rate of early terminations or repurchases of contracts due to
prepayments ineligibility, or defaults is influenced by various factors
including:

        technological change;

        changes in customer requirements;

        the level of interest rates;

        the level of casualty losses; and

        the overall economic environment.

    Most contracts do not permit prepayment or early termination. Nevertheless,
AT&T Capital, as servicer, historically has permitted lessees to terminate
leases early either in connection with the execution of a new lease of
replacement equipment or upon payment of a negotiated prepayment premium or
both. Under the pooling and servicing agreement, the servicer may allow an
obligor to prepay a contract at any time if the payment, alone, or together with
the contract's remaining contract principal balance and any scheduled payment
owed and not yet received, is equal to the entire contract principal balance of
the contract. The principal balance of a contract is the present value of the
future scheduled payments under the contract, discounted at a discount rate that
will be specified in the prospectus supplement for your notes.

                                       11

<PAGE>
    The depositor cannot assure you that prepayments on the contracts held by
the trust will conform to any historical experience. The depositor cannot
predict the actual rate of prepayments which will be experienced on the
contracts. However, your prospectus supplement will present information as to
the principal balances of the notes remaining at various times under several
hypothetical prepayment rates. See 'Weighted Average Life of the Notes' in your
prospectus supplement.

THE PRICE AT WHICH YOU CAN RESELL YOUR NOTES MAY DECREASE IF THE RATINGS OF YOUR
NOTES CHANGE

    At any time, the rating agencies may lower their respective ratings of the
notes or withdraw their ratings entirely. In the event that a rating assigned to
any note is subsequently lowered or withdrawn for any reason, you may not be
able to resell your notes or to resell them without a substantial discount. For
more detailed information regarding the ratings assigned to any class of the
notes, see 'Ratings of the Notes' in this prospectus and the prospectus
supplement.

THE SUBORDINATION OF SOME CLASSES OF NOTES IS ONLY A LIMITED FORM OF CREDIT
ENHANCEMENT AND DOES NOT ENSURE PAYMENT OF THE MORE SENIOR CLASSES

    An owner trust will pay interest and principal on some classes of notes
prior to paying interest and principal on other classes of notes. The
subordination of some classes of notes to others means that the subordinated
classes of notes are more likely to suffer the consequences of delinquent
payments and defaults on the contracts than the more senior classes of notes.

    The more senior classes of notes could lose the credit enhancement provided
by the more subordinate classes if delinquencies and defaults on the contracts
increase and if the collections on the contracts and any credit enhancement
described in your prospectus supplement are insufficient to pay even the more
senior classes of notes.

    Your prospectus supplement will describe any subordination provisions
applicable to your notes.

LIMITED ASSETS ARE AVAILABLE FOR PAYMENT OF THE NOTES; NOTEHOLDERS WILL HAVE NO
RECOURSE TO THE ORIGINATORS, DEPOSITOR, SERVICER OR THEIR AFFILIATES IN THE
EVENT DELINQUENCIES AND LOSSES REDUCE THE TRUST'S ASSETS

    Each owner trust will be a limited purpose trust with limited assets.
Moreover, you have no recourse to the general credit of the servicer, depositor,
originator or their affiliates. Therefore, you must rely solely upon the
contracts and any credit enhancement described in your prospectus supplement for
payment of principal and interest on the notes.

    An increase in delinquent or defaulted payments on contracts could result in
your being paid less than you expect on the notes or in delays in payment.

    If a contract is a vendor loan, you must rely solely upon the end-user
contracts securing the vendor loan for payments in respect of that contract.
Most vendor loans are non-recourse to the vendors. In non-recourse loans you are
limited to recovering amounts due solely from the end-user contracts and related
security.

                                       12

<PAGE>
EVEN IF AN OWNER TRUST REPOSSESSES AND SELLS THE EQUIPMENT RELATING TO A
CONTRACT AFTER AN OBLIGOR DEFAULTS, SHORTFALLS IN AMOUNTS AVAILABLE TO PAY THE
NOTES MAY OCCUR IF THE MARKET VALUE OF THE EQUIPMENT HAS DECLINED.

    If a contract held by the trust becomes a defaulted contract, the only
sources of payment for amounts owed on that contract will be the income and
proceeds from the sale of any related equipment and a deficiency judgment, if
any, against the obligor under the defaulted contract. Since the market value of
the equipment may decline faster than the discounted contract balance, the owner
trust may not recover the entire amount due on the contract and might not
receive any recoveries on the equipment. The prospectus supplement for your
notes may describe some forms of credit enhancement which are intended to make
up for deficiencies in the proceeds and recoveries on the contracts. However,
this protection is limited and could be depleted if those deficiencies are
larger than the depositor anticipates.

NOT HAVING POSSESSION OF CONTRACT FILES MAY HINDER AN OWNER TRUST'S ABILITY TO
REALIZE THE VALUE OF EQUIPMENT SECURING THE CONTRACTS.

    To facilitate servicing and reduce administrative costs, the servicer or a
sub-servicer will retain possession of the documents evidencing the contracts
held by the owner trust. As a result, a subsequent purchaser of contracts could
take physical possession of the documents without knowledge of their assignment.
That subsequent purchaser could then have a security interest in the contracts
senior to the owner trust's security interest. In the event that the owner trust
must rely upon repossession and sale of the equipment securing defaulted
contracts to recover amounts due on the defaulted contracts, the owner trust's
ability to realize upon the equipment would be limited by the existence of the
third party's senior security interest in those contracts. In this event, there
may be a delay or reduction in distributions to you.

    Similarly, with respect to contracts securing vendor loans, the vendor will
retain the original documents associated with some contracts. The applicable
originator will file Uniform Commercial Code financing statements reflecting the
pledge of those contracts to the applicable originator as security for the
vendor loans. However, the related documents will remain in the vendor's
possession. If a subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of
the related documents without knowledge of the pledge to the originator, the
owner trust's security interest in those contracts could be defeated. In this
event, there may be a delay or reduction in distributions to you.

FAILURE TO TAKE ALL STEPS NECESSARY TO PERFECT SECURITY INTERESTS IN EQUIPMENT,
TO RECORD ASSIGNMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS TO THE OWNER TRUST OR TO RECORD
SECURITY INTERESTS IN TITLED EQUIPMENT MAY HINDER THE OWNER TRUST'S ABILITY TO
REALIZE THE VALUE OF EQUIPMENT SECURING THE CONTRACTS

    The depositor will receive security interests in financed equipment securing
contracts from Newcourt Financial USA, which will obtain security interests in
financed equipment from the other originators or through its own origination
activities. The depositor will assign the security interests to the owner trust.
However, in some instances, the originators may not file financing statements
for equipment relating to a single obligor in a single jurisdiction when the
value of the equipment is less than the amounts described in the following
paragraph. As a result, the originator

                                       13

<PAGE>
will not acquire, and the depositor and owner trust will not have, a perfected
security interest in the equipment. As a result, creditors of the end-user may
acquire superior interests in the equipment.

    As originators, none of

        Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation,

        Newcourt Leasing Corporation,

        Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation or

        Newcourt Technologies Corporation.

file financing statements against an obligor in the appropriate 'filing'
jurisdiction unless the fair market value of the equipment relating to a
contract is at least $20,000. However, if the contract is a lease with a 'fair
market value' purchase option, then the threshold fair market value of the
equipment is $50,000. As originator, Newcourt Financial USA Inc., does not file
financing statements against an obligor in the appropriate 'filing' jurisdiction
unless the fair market value of the related equipment relating to a contract is
at least $25,000.

    Additionally, regardless of equipment value, the depositor's practice is to
require the originators to annotate their records to note the depositor's
security interest but not to require the filing of assignments of financing
statements for the equipment to reflect the depositor's, the owner trust's or
the indenture trustee's interests. Because of this, an originator or the
servicer could inadvertently release the security interest in the equipment
securing a contract. The owner trust would then not have a security interest in
the equipment.

    Also, any transfer to the depositor of an originator's security interest in
motor vehicles securing the contracts is subject to state vehicle registration
laws. The depositor's transfer of a security interest in motor vehicles to the
owner trust is also subject to these registration laws. These registration laws
require that the secured party's name appear on the certificate of title or
similar registration of title to a motor vehicle in order for the secured
party's security interest to be perfected. The applicable originator will be
identified on the certificates or similar registrations of title. However, the
certificates of title or similar registrations of title will not identify the
depositor or owner trust as secured party. In addition, some equipment related
to the contracts may constitute fixtures under the real estate or Uniform
Commercial Code provisions of the state in which the equipment is located. The
relevant originator will not file assignments of fixture filings in favor of the
depositor or owner trusts. Therefore, a third party could acquire an interest in
the motor vehicles or real estate fixtures superior to that of the owner trusts.

REPURCHASE OBLIGATION OF THE SELLER PROVIDES YOU ONLY LIMITED PROTECTION AGAINST
PRIOR LIENS ON THE CONTRACTS OR EQUIPMENT

    Federal or state law may grant liens on contracts or equipment that have
priority over the owner trust's interest. If the creditor associated with any
prior lien exercises its remedies it is unlikely that sufficient cash proceeds
from the contract and related equipment will be available to pay the contract
balance to the trust. In that event, there may be a delay or reduction in
distributions to you. An example of a lien arising

                                       14

<PAGE>
under federal or state law is a tax lien on property of the originator or the
depositor arising prior to the time a contract is conveyed to the owner trust.
The tax lien has priority over the interest of the owner trust in the contracts.

    In most cases where vendors have assigned contracts to originators, the
vendors have warranted to the originators that there are no prior liens on the
contracts. Additionally, where vendors have assigned contracts to originators,
the vendors have agreed not to grant any lien on any contracts transferred to
the originators. In all cases, the seller will warrant to the depositor and the
owner trust that there are no prior liens on the contracts. The seller also will
warrant to the depositor and the owner trust that it will not grant any lien on
the contracts. In the event that those warranties are not true as to any
contract, the seller is required under the pooling and servicing agreement to
repurchase the contract. There can be no assurance that the seller will be able
to repurchase a contract at the time when it is asked to do so.

IF A BANKRUPTCY COURT RULES THAT THE TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS FROM A VENDOR TO AN
ORIGINATOR WAS NOT A TRUE SALE THEN PAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS MAY BE REDUCED OR
DELAYED

    Vendors sell contracts to the originators, which contracts will be
transferred directly or indirectly to the depositor and then the owner trust. If
a bankruptcy court decides that the acquisition of a contract by an originator
is not a sale of the contract from the vendor to the originator, the contract
would be part of the vendor's bankruptcy estate. Accordingly, the contract would
be available to the vendor's creditors. In that case, it is unlikely the trust
will receive all of the scheduled payments on the contracts, and there may be a
delay or reduction in distributions to you. In order to treat the transfer of
contracts to the trust as not being a true sale, the bankruptcy court would
recharacterize the transfer as a pledge of the contracts to secure borrowings by
the vendor. Additionally, if the transfer of contracts to an originator from a
vendor is recharacterized as a pledge, then a tax or government lien on the
property of the pledging vendor arising before the contracts came into existence
may have priority over the owner trust's interest in the contracts.

A BANKRUPTCY COURT DETERMINATION THAT THE TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS FROM ORIGINATORS
TO THE SELLER, FROM THE SELLER TO THE DEPOSITOR OR FROM THE DEPOSITOR TO THE
OWNER TRUST WAS NOT A TRUE SALE THEN PAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS COULD BE REDUCED
OR DELAYED

    If an originator, the seller or the depositor became a debtor in a
bankruptcy case, creditors of that party, or that party acting as a
debtor-in-possession, may assert that the transfer of the contracts was
ineffective to remove the contracts from that party's estate. In that case, the
distribution of contract payments to the trust might be subject to the automatic
stay provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code. This would delay the
distribution of those payments to the noteholders for an uncertain period of
time. Furthermore, if the bankruptcy court rules in favor of the creditors or
the debtor in possession, the result may be reductions in payments under the
contracts to the trust. In either case, you may experience delays or reduction
in distributions to you. In addition, a bankruptcy trustee would have the power
to sell the contracts if the

                                       15

<PAGE>
proceeds of the sale could satisfy the amount of the debt deemed owed by the
originator, the seller or the depositor, as the case may be. The bankruptcy
trustee could also substitute other collateral in lieu of the contracts to
secure the debt. Additionally, the bankruptcy court could adjust the debt if the
originator, the seller or the depositor were to file for reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Each of these parties will represent and
warrant that the conveyance of the contracts by it is in each case a valid sale
and transfer of the contracts. In addition, in agreements conveying the
contracts, the originators, the seller and the depositor have agreed that they
will each treat the transactions described in this prospectus as a sale of the
contracts.

INSOLVENCY OF THE VENDORS COULD DELAY OR REDUCE PAYMENTS TO YOU

    In the event a vendor under a vendor loan becomes subject to insolvency
proceedings, the end-user contracts and equipment securing the vendor loan as
well as the vendor's oligation to make payments would also become subject to the
insolvency proceedings. In that event, payments to the owner trust in respect of
those vendor contracts may be reduced or delayed. Payments to you may be reduced
if collections from the remaining unaffected contracts are insufficient to cover
losses to the owner trust. In those cases in which transfers of end-user
contracts by vendors to originator provide that the originator have recourse to
the vendor for all or a portion of the losses the originator may incur as a
result of a default under those end-user contracts, the vendor's bankruptcy, may
similarly result in reductions or payment delays in amounts due from the vendor.

END-USER BANKRUPTCY MAY REDUCE OR DELAY COLLECTIONS ON THE CONTRACTS, AND
DISPOSITION OF EQUIPMENT RELATING TO THESE OR OTHER DEFAULTING END-USERS MAY BE
DELAYED OR MAY NOT RESULT IN COMPLETE RECOVERY OF AMOUNTS DUE

    Bankruptcy and insolvency laws could affect your interests in contracts with
end-user obligors who become subject to bankruptcy proceedings. Those laws could
result in contracts of a bankrupt end-user being written off as uncollectible or
result in delay in payments due on the contracts. As a result, you may be
subject to delays in receiving payments, and you may also suffer losses if
collections from the remaining unaffected contracts are insufficient to cover
losses to the trust. Foreclosure sales of equipment and obtaining deficiency
judgments following foreclosure sales may not yield sufficient proceeds to pay
off the balance owed on a contract. If you must rely on repossession and
disposition of equipment to recover amounts due on defaulted contracts, those
amounts may be insufficient. Factors that may affect whether you receive the
full amount due on a contract include the failure to file financing statements
to perfect the originator's or owner trust's security interest in the equipment
securing the contract. The depreciation, obsolescence, damage, or loss of any
item of equipment will also affect whether you receive the full amount due on a
contract.

COMMINGLING OF COLLECTIONS COULD RESULT IN REDUCED PAYMENTS TO YOU

    Cash held by the servicer may be commingled and used for the benefit of the
servicer prior to the date on which the collections are required to be deposited
in a collection account as described under 'Description of the Pooling and
Servicing

                                       16

<PAGE>
Agreements -- Collections on Contracts.' In the event of the insolvency or
receivership of the servicer, an owner trust may not have a perfected ownership
or security interest in these collections. In that case, you may suffer losses
on your investment as a result.

BANKRUPTCY OF DEPOSITOR OR THE OWNER TRUST MAY CAUSE DELAYS IN OR REDUCE
COLLECTIONS UNDER THE CONTRACTS

    If an owner trust or the depositor becomes insolvent under any federal
bankruptcy or similar state laws, the right of an indenture trustee to foreclose
upon and sell the assets of an owner trust is likely to be significantly
impaired by applicable bankruptcy laws. This would be the case before or
possibly even after an indenture trustee has foreclosed upon and sold the assets
of an owner trust. Under the bankruptcy laws, payments on debts are not made,
and secured creditors are prohibited from repossessing their security from a
debtor in a bankruptcy case or from disposing of security repossessed from the
debtor, without bankruptcy court approval. Moreover, the bankruptcy laws may
permit the debtor to continue to retain and to use collateral even though the
debtor is in default under the applicable debt instruments, if the secured
creditor is provided adequate protection. The meaning of the term adequate
protection may vary according to circumstances, but it is intended in general to
protect the value of the security from any diminution in the value of the
collateral as a result of its use by the debtor during the pendency of the
bankruptcy case. Because there is no precise definition of the term adequate
protection and because the bankruptcy court has broad discretionary powers, it
is impossible to predict if or how you would be compensated for any diminution
in value of the owner trust assets.

THE SELLER'S OBLIGATION TO REPURCHASE CONTACTS COULD BE IMPAIRED BY BANKRUPTCY

    Newcourt Financial USA Inc., as the direct or indirect seller of contracts
to the depositor, will make representations and warranties regarding the
contracts, the equipment and other matters. See 'The
Contracts -- Representations and Warranties Made by the Seller.' If any
representation or warranty with regard to a specific contract is breached, is
not cured within a specified period of time, and the value of the contract is
materially and adversely affected by the breach, the seller must purchase the
contract from the applicable owner trust at a price equal to the amount required
to pay off the contract. If the seller becomes bankrupt or insolvent, each
indenture trustee's right to compel a purchase would both be impaired and have
to be satisfied out of any available 'assets' of the seller's bankruptcy estate.
In that case, you may suffer a loss on your investment in a note as a result.

CONTRACTS RELATING TO SOFTWARE OR RELATED SUPPORT AND CONSULTING SERVICES ARE
NOT SECURED BY THE SOFTWARE OR RELATED SERVICES

    Some of the contracts held by the owner trust will relate to software that
is not owned by an originator or related support and consulting services. In
these cases, the vendor or a licensor traditionally owns the software, and the
software and related support and consulting services do not serve as collateral
for the contracts. Thus, the owner trust will not have an interest in the
software or related support and consulting services. The owner trust will own
solely the associated contracts' cash flow. Accordingly, if any of these
contracts becomes a defaulted contract, the owner trust

                                       17

<PAGE>
will not be able to foreclose on the software or related support and consulting
services. Because there will be no proceeds from the software or related support
and consulting services which could be used to make payments to you, the owner
trust must look solely to the obligor to collect amounts due on the contract.
There can be no assurance that the obligor will be able to pay in full amounts
due under the contract.

YEAR 2000 ISSUES MAY IMPACT THE SERVICER'S ABILITY TO SERVICE THE CONTRACTS

    If a servicer does not have computerized systems that are Year 2000
compliant by the Year 2000, its ability to service the contracts may be
materially and adversely affected. Similarly, if the indenture trustee does not
have computerized systems that are Year 2000 compliant by the Year 2000, its
ability to make distributions to you may be materially and adversely affected.
The 'Year 2000' issue concerns that potential exposures related to the automated
generation of business and financial misinformation resulting from the
application of computer programs which have been written using two digits to
identify a year in the date field rather than four. These programs could fail or
produce erroneous results during the transition from the Year 1999 to the Year
2000.

    The originators' and servicer's indirect parent, Newcourt Credit Group Inc.,
has established procedures for evaluating and managing the risks and costs
associated with this problem. However, there can be no assurance that all of
Newcourt Credit Group Inc.'s internal computer systems will be able to handle
all Year 2000 problems. Furthermore, Newcourt Credit Group Inc. does not
guarantee that the systems and software of other companies on which its systems
and operations rely will be able to handle all Year 2000 problems.

THE YEAR 2000 PROBLEM MAY ALSO AFFECT THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY'S
RECORD-KEEPING AND DISTRIBUTIONS

    The Depository Trust Company has reported that it has developed and is
implementing a program so that its systems, as the same relate to

        the timely payment of distributions to securityholders,

        book-entry deliveries, and

        settlement of trades within The Depository Trust Company,

continue to function appropriately on and after January 1, 2000. However, The
Depository Trust Company's ability to perform properly its services is dependent
upon other parties, such as its participating organizations through which you
may hold your notes, and third party service providers of computer systems. The
Depository Trust Company has reported that it is contacting and will continue to
contact third party vendors from whom The Depository Trust Company acquires
services to determine the extent of their efforts for Year 2000 remediation and,
as appropriate, testing of their services. In addition, The Depository Trust
Company has stated that it is in the process of developing contingency plans. If
problems associated with the Year 2000 issue were to occur with respect to The
Depository Trust Company and the services described above, distributions to you
could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

                                       18

<PAGE>
LIMITATIONS ON ENFORCEABILITY OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE EQUIPMENT MAY HINDER
THE OWNER TRUST'S ABILITY TO REALIZE THE VALUE OF EQUIPMENT SECURING THE
CONTRACTS

    State law limitations on the enforceability of security interests and the
manner in which a secured party may dispose of collateral may limit the owner
trust's ability to obtain or dispose of collateral in a timely fashion. This
could reduce or delay the availability of funds to pay the notes. Under these
state law limitations:

        if the obligor becomes bankrupt or insolvent, the owner trust may need
        the permission of a bankruptcy court to obtain and sell its collateral;

        some jurisdictions require that the obligor be notified of the default
        and be given a time period within which it may cure the default prior to
        repossession; and

        the obligor may have the right to redeem collateral for its obligations
        prior to actual sale by paying the lessor or secured party the unpaid
        balance of the obligation plus the secured party's expenses for
        repossessing, holding and preparing the collateral for disposition.

BANKRUPTCY COURT REJECTION OF 'TRUE LEASES' MAY REDUCE FUNDS AVAILABLE TO PAY
NOTES

    A bankruptcy trustee or debtor-in-possession under federal bankruptcy or
similar state laws has the right to assume or reject any executory contract or
unexpired lease which is considered to be a 'true lease' under applicable law. A
'true lease' is a contract under which the applicable originator or vendor holds
a residual interest in equipment of more than a nominal amount. Some contracts
will be true leases and thus subject to rejection by the lessor under federal
bankruptcy or similar state laws. For this reason, the originator, as
debtor-in-possession or the originator's bankruptcy trustee may reject the
leases of which that originator is the lessor. Upon any rejection, payments to
the applicable originator under the rejected contract may terminate and your
investment may be subject to losses. In addition, any contract which is a true
lease that a vendor originated and transferred to an originator in a transaction
whereby the vendor continues to be the lessor, will be subject to rejection by
the vendor, as debtor in possession, or by the vendor's bankruptcy trustee. An
example of this transaction is a transfer by a vendor to an originator of a
security interest in the lease contract or a transfer by a vendor to an
originator of an interest in the right to payments only under the lease
contract. Upon any rejection, payments to the applicable originator under the
rejected contract may terminate and your investment may be subject to losses.

                                 THE DEPOSITOR

    The depositor is NCT Funding Company, L.L.C., a limited liability company
organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. Newcourt Financial USA Inc.
owns all of the depositor's membership interests. On or before the closing date
for a series of notes the depositor will arrange for Newcourt Financial USA to
transfer contracts and interests of the originators in the related equipment to
the depositor in exchange

                                       19

<PAGE>
for cash proceeds. The transfer of a contract and related equipment to the
depositor will be from either or both of:

        Newcourt Financial USA Inc.; or

        The Newcourt Equipment Trust -- VFC Series, a trust the depositor
        established to finance contracts and related equipment interests through
        a warehouse receivable securitization facility.

    In each case Newcourt Financial USA Inc. will have obtained contracts and
equipment interests from the originators or shall itself have been the
originator or shall have acquired contracts from third parties not affiliated
with Newcourt Financial USA.

    The depositor will pay to Newcourt Financial USA Inc., as seller, or the
receivables securitization facility trust noted above, as the case may be, the
net proceeds received from the sale of the notes of each series.

    Newcourt Financial USA Inc. formed NCT Funding Company, L.L.C., the
depositor, solely for the transactions described in this prospectus and other
similar transactions. Under the depositor's formation documents and the pooling
and servicing agreement executed in connection with each owner trust, the
depositor is permitted to engage only in the following activities:

        acquiring contracts, interests in pools of contracts and interests of
        originators in equipment and other real or personal property;

        transferring and conveying the contracts and security interests in the
        related equipment to owner trusts and other similar trusts;

        issuing and selling notes, certificates or other securities secured by
        representing interests in pools of contracts and other property;

        executing and performing obligations under the relevant trust
        agreements, sale and contribution agreements, and pooling and servicing
        agreements covering the transfer and servicing of a pool of contracts;

        holding or transferring other securities issued by each owner trust;

        investing proceeds from the sale of securities representing interests in
        pools of contracts;

        engaging in other transactions, including entering into agreements that
        are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are
        incidental or connected to the foregoing; and

        other transactions of the type described in this prospectus.

The depositor is prohibited from incurring any debt, issuing any obligations or
incurring any liabilities, except in connection with the formation of any owner
trust and the issuance of the related series of securities issued by the owner
trust. The depositor is not responsible for payment of any principal, interest
or any other amount in respect of any series of notes.

                                       20

<PAGE>
                                THE OWNER TRUSTS

    The depositor will form each owner trust under a trust agreement between the
depositor and the owner trustee, as described in your prospectus supplement.
Each owner trust may issue one or more classes of securities, representing debt
of or beneficial ownership interests in the owner trust. The trust will not
offer the beneficial ownership interests under this prospectus.

    The assets of each owner trust, as further specified in your prospectus
supplement, will consist of:

    (1) a pool primarily of the following types of contracts:

         equipment lease contracts,

         conditional sale/financing agreements,

         installment payment agreements,

         promissory notes, and

         loan and security agreements;

    (2) amounts on deposit in, and any eligible investments allocated to,
        accounts established under the related indenture and the pooling and
        servicing agreement;

    (3) the depositor's rights under the related purchase and sale agreement or
        other instrument by which it acquired contracts, if any; and

    (4) the depositor's rights with respect to any cash collateral account or
        other form of credit enhancement for the notes.

    The owner trust will have the right to:

         all funds payable under the contracts after the cut-off date, the date
         on which the owner trust's right to contract payments commences. This
         includes all scheduled but unpaid amounts due prior to the cut-off
         date, but excludes any scheduled payments due on or after, but received
         prior to, the date the depositor transfers the contracts to an owner
         trust. This does not include contract payments in respect of taxes,
         insurance premiums, security deposits, late charges, administrative
         fees or charges;

         prepayments, except for any portion allocated to the depositor in
         respect of equipment leases;

         liquidation proceeds received with respect to defaulted contracts,
         except for any portion allocable to the depositor under an equipment
         lease;

         earnings from the investment of funds in the collection account and
         note distribution account maintained by the servicer; and

         security interests in the equipment related to the contracts, but
         excluding ownership rights.

    No owner trust will engage in any business activity other than

        issuing notes and ownership interests in the owner trust;

        purchasing contracts and related assets;

        holding and dealing with the assets of owner trust;

                                       21

<PAGE>
        making payments on the notes and other securities it issued;

        entering into and performing the duties, responsibilities and functions
        required under any of the related pooling and servicing agreement,
        indenture, contracts, and related documents; and

        matters incidental to the above.

    The assets of an owner trust will be separate from the assets of all other
owner trusts the depositor creates. Accordingly, the assets of one owner trust
will not be available to make payments on the securities issued by any other
owner trust.

    The depositor will specify the owner trustee of the owner trust for notes
being offered in your prospectus supplement. The owner trustee's liability in
connection with the sale of notes will be limited to the express obligations of
the owner trustee in the related trust agreement and indenture. An owner trustee
may resign at any time, in which event the depositor or its designee must
appoint a successor owner trustee. The depositor or its designee may also remove
an owner trustee if the owner trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such
under the related trust agreement or if the owner trustee becomes insolvent. Any
resignation or removal of an owner trustee will not become effective until
acceptance of the appointment of a successor owner trustee.

                           NEWCOURT CREDIT GROUP INC.

GENERAL

    Newcourt Credit Group Inc. was formed in 1984 as an investment bank. It
originated and structured asset-based financings for the corporate and
institutional asset finance market and syndicated the financings to Canadian
financial institutions. In 1988, Newcourt Credit Group Inc. broadened its
activities to include vendor and direct equipment financing. Today, Newcourt
Credit Group Inc. is one of the world's largest providers of vendor finance and
one of the world's largest non-bank commercial asset finance companies. Newcourt
Credit Group Inc. has approximately U.S. $23.4 billion (Canadian $36.2 billion)
of owned and managed assets and U.S. $3.0 billion (Canadian $4.7 billion)
shareholders' equity at December 31, 1998.

    Newcourt Credit Group Inc.'s international origination and servicing
capabilities span 26 countries around the globe. Newcourt Credit Group Inc.
serves clients in Canada, the United States, the United Kingdom, the
Asia/Pacific region, Europe, Mexico and South America.

    Newcourt Credit Group Inc.'s United States asset-based operations are
conducted through indirect subsidiaries owned by Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc.,
a wholly owned subsidiary.

    Newcourt Credit Group has entered into a business combination agreement with
The CIT Group Inc. The proposed business combination is subject to a number of
conditions. There can be no assurance that the parties will be able to satisfy
these conditions to the completion of the transaction or that they will complete
the transaction in accordance with agreements between them.

                                       22

<PAGE>
    Newcourt Credit Group Inc.'s principal executive offices are located at
Queens Quay Terminal, 207 Queens Quay West, Floors 6 & 7, Toronto, Ontario
M5J 1A7, (416) 507-2400.

ACQUISITIONS

    In January 1998, Newcourt Credit Group Inc. consummated the acquisition of
all of the outstanding shares of AT&T Capital Corporation. The aggregate
purchase price paid by Newcourt Credit Group Inc. on the acquisition closing was
approximately Canadian $2.4 billion (U.S. $1.7 billion). As a result, AT&T
Capital Corporation became a wholly owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group
USA Inc.

                                  THE SERVICER

    AT&T Capital Corporation is currently expected to be the servicer. However,
if the depositor selects a different servicer for any particular series of
notes, the relevant prospectus supplement will provide information about that
servicer.

    AT&T Capital Corporation is a full-service, diversified, equipment leasing
and finance company that operates principally in the United States and also has
operations in the Asia/Pacific region, Mexico and South America. AT&T Capital
Corporation is one of the largest equipment leasing and finance companies in the
United States and is the largest lessor of telecommunications equipment in the
United States, in each case, based on the aggregate value of equipment leased or
financed.

    AT&T Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc., which in turn is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group Inc. AT&T Capital Corporation's chief
executive offices are currently located at 2 Gatehall Drive, Parsippany, New
Jersey 07054 and its telephone number is (973) 606-3500.

    AT&T Capital Corporation, through some of the originators, leases and
finances a wide variety of equipment, including

        telecommunications equipment, such as private branch exchanges,
        telephone systems and voice processing units,

        information technology equipment, such as personal computers, retail
        point of sale systems and automated teller machines,

        general office, manufacturing and medical equipment, and

        transportation and construction equipment.

In addition, the group provides franchise financing for franchises and financing
collateralized by real estate.

    AT&T Capital Corporation markets its leasing and financing services to
customers of equipment manufacturers, distributors and dealers with which AT&T
Capital Corporation has a marketing relationship for financing services and
directly to end-users of equipment. AT&T Capital Corporation's approximately
500,000 customers include large global companies, small and mid-sized businesses
and federal, state and local governments and their agencies.

                                       23

<PAGE>
    As of December 31, 1998, AT&T Capital Corporation had, on a consolidated
basis, total assets of $10.8 billion, total liabilities of $9.9 billion and net
income for the year ended December 31, 1998 of $97.5 million.

    AT&T Corp. founded AT&T Capital Corporation in 1985 as a captive finance
company to assist AT&T Corp.'s equipment marketing and sales efforts by
providing its customers with sophisticated financing.

                           THE SELLER AND ORIGINATORS

    The information in this section describes several companies which may be
originators in respect of a particular pool of contracts. Your prospectus
supplement may provide information on other originators. Each of the seller and
originators will be an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group
Inc.

NEWCOURT FINANCIAL USA INC.

    Newcourt Financial USA Inc., an originator and the direct or indirect seller
of contracts of the depositor, was incorporated on January 8, 1992 in Delaware
and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group USA Inc. Newcourt
Credit Group USA Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group Inc.
Newcourt Financial USA originates and acquires

        conditional sales/financing agreements,

        equipment lease contracts,

        promissory notes,

        installment payment agreements and

        loan and security agreements.

These contracts finance equipment of the following types:

        transportation,

        construction,

        information technology (including software),

        communications,

        commercial and

        industrial and resource.

    Newcourt Financial USA typically structures its vendor financing
arrangements as

        direct originations with customers and end-users of a vendor's products,
        either with or without recourse, or

        assignments of contracts, either with or without recourse, by a vendor
        to Newcourt Financial USA.

    Newcourt Financial USA will sell to the depositor contracts which the seller
will have originated or acquired from other originators. The seller will sell
its contracts to the depositor under a purchase and sale agreement containing
seller representations and warranties as to the contracts. Prior to the offering
of your series of notes, the seller may have sold contracts to the depositor for
deposit into a trust used in

                                       24

<PAGE>
connection with a warehouse receivables securitization facility. The depositor
may reacquire some or all of these contracts for deposit into the owner trust in
connection with the offering and sale of a particular series of notes.

    Newcourt Financial USA's principal executive offices are located at 2
Gatehall Drive, Parsippany, New Jersey 07054 and its telephone number is (973)
606-3500.

NEWCOURT LEASING CORPORATION

    Newcourt Leasing Corporation, an originator formerly known as AT&T Capital
Leasing Services, Inc., provides leasing and financing programs for certain
targeted manufacturers and distributors as well as leasing and financing to
existing customers. Newcourt Credit Group Inc. acquired Newcourt Leasing
Corporation as part of the acquisition of AT&T Capital Corporation. Newcourt
Leasing Corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T Capital Corporation.

    Newcourt Leasing Corporation is headquartered in Westborough, Massachusetts.
The Newcourt Leasing Corporation portfolio, which includes both contracts owned
by Newcourt Leasing Corporation and contracts serviced on behalf of others, is
primarily comprised of leases of and loans on the following equipment types:

        computer,

        machine tool manufacturing,

        copier,

        medical/dental,

        printing and

        automobile test/repair.

NEWCOURT COMMUNICATIONS FINANCE CORPORATION

    Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation, an originator formerly known as
AT&T Credit Corporation, supports the sales of Lucent Technologies Inc. and NCR
Corporation equipment by providing leasing and financing options to customers
who have selected equipment manufactured or supplied by these vendors. AT&T
Corp. established Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation's predecessor as a
captive finance company in 1985. Newcourt Credit Group Inc. acquired Newcourt
Communications Finance Corporation as a result of the acquisition of AT&T
Capital Corporation. Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation is a wholly
owned subsidiary of AT&T Capital Corporation.

    Lucent Technologies and NCR Corporation generate substantially all of
Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation's transactions. Lucent Technologies
manufactures and distributes telecommunications and related equipment. NCR
Corporation manufactures and distributes information technology, including
retail point-of-sale systems, automated teller machines and computers. The
Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation portfolio of contracts is primarily
comprised of both leases and loans on the following equipment types:

        telecommunication,

        retail point-of-sale system,

                                       25

<PAGE>
        automatic teller machine and

        computer.

NEWCOURT COMMERCIAL FINANCE CORPORATION

    The Portland Division of Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation, formerly
known as AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation, an originator, provides financing
and leasing programs for manufacturers and distributors of material handling and
construction equipment. Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation is a wholly
owned subsidiary of AT&T Capital Corporation. Newcourt Commercial Finance
Corporation was formed in December 1989 in connection with the acquisition of
substantially all the assets of two divisions of Pacificorp Credit, Inc.

    Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation is headquartered in Parsippany, New
Jersey. The Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation portfolio, which includes
both contracts owned by Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation and contracts
serviced on behalf of others, is comprised entirely of leases of, loans on and
conditional sales and installment payment agreements covering construction and
material handling equipment.

NEWCOURT TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

    Newcourt Technologies Corporation, formerly known as AT&T Systems Leasing
Corporation, provides leasing, financing and remarketing of computer equipment,
electronics, manufacturing and other capital equipment. Newcourt Technologies
Corporation's predecessor was established in 1987 and acquired by AT&T Capital
in 1990. Newcourt Credit Group Inc. acquired Newcourt Technologies as a result
of the acquisition of AT&T Capital. Newcourt Technologies Corporation is a
wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T Capital and is headquartered in Bloomfield
Hills, Michigan.

UNDERWRITING AND SERVICING

  CREDIT MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY

    Each originator strives to manage risks in connection with its business,
including credit risk and residual value risk associated with acquiring and
holding contracts. The management of these risks is critical to the success of
each originator. Each originator has in place policies, controls, systems and
procedures intended to manage and limit these risks and promote early problem
recognition and corrective action, as well as facilitate consistent portfolio
performance measurements. Newcourt Credit Group Inc.'s risk management
department, which includes credit and asset management personnel, Newcourt
Credit Group Inc.'s internal and external auditors and Newcourt Credit Group
Inc.'s audit committee periodically reviews these policies, controls, systems
and procedures. In addition, the investment committee of Newcourt Credit Group
Inc. monitors overall risk profile.

    Each originator seeks to minimize its credit risk through diversification of
its portfolio by customer, industry segment, equipment type, geographic location
and transaction maturity. The originators' financing activities cover a wide
range of equipment types, including, general equipment, telecommunications
equipment, office

                                       26

<PAGE>
equipment, information technology and transportation equipment, and a large
number of end-users located throughout the United States and, to a lesser
extent, abroad.

  CREDIT APPROVAL

    Each originator has a chief credit officer who is responsible for overseeing
the quality, integrity and performance of the originator's credit portfolios.
Before any transaction can be committed to, it must first qualify for credit
approval under one of Newcourt Credit Group Inc.'s proprietary credit scoring
models. Alternatively, a duly authorized credit officer must approve the
transaction in accordance with clearly defined authorities, policies and
procedures. Each originator's chief credit officer has the responsibility of
establishing credit policies appropriate for the originator's business and
periodically reviewing its credit personnel's exercise of credit authority for
adherence to the established credit policies.

    Credit authorities are an important tool that each originator uses to manage
and control its portfolio risk. The originators set credit authorities in order
to enable individual credit officers to handle approximately 80-85% of the
transactions flowing to them. This approach results in higher credit authorities
reviewing approximately 15-20% of the transactions. This ensures oversight of an
individual's judgment, credit skills and compliance with credit policy by more
senior credit officials. Each originator's chief credit officer is empowered to
establish credit authorities for qualified members of their credit staff for up
to $500,000. Approval of new credit authorities up to $5,000,000 requires the
approval of Newcourt Credit Group Inc.'s chief investment officer in addition to
the approval of the originator's chief credit officer. Approval of new credit
authorities in excess of $5,000,000 also requires the approval of the president
of Newcourt Credit Group Inc. services business unit or Newcourt Credit Group
Inc.'s chief executive officer. The existing credit authorities allow each
originator's chief credit officer to approve transactions:

        up to $7,500,000 in the case of Newcourt Communications Finance
        Corporation,

        up to $5,000,000 in the case of Newcourt Leasing Corporation,

        up to $1,500,000 in the case of Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation
        and

        up to $5,000,000 in the case of Newcourt Technologies Corporation and
        Newcourt Financial USA.

Approval of Newcourt Credit Group Inc.'s chief investment officer is required
for transactions in excess of an originator's credit authority. Each originator
reports all investment decisions involving amounts in excess of $10,000,000 to
the Investment Committee of Newcourt Credit Group, Inc.'s Board of Directors
each month. The Investment Committee must approve amounts in excess of
$20,000,000 for transactions risk rated below investment grade, while each
originator's authority for transactions risk rated low investment grade or
higher is $35,000,000.

    The credit authority granted to approve transactions may not be delegated.

    Each originator monitors portfolio quality regularly to assess the overall
condition of the portfolio and identify the major exposures within the
portfolio. Each originator

                                       27

<PAGE>
utilizes the 'one obligor concept' in computing total credit exposure; this
means that the level of credit authority required to approve an incremental
transaction must be sufficient to approve the customer's total credit exposure.
Newcourt Credit Group Inc. tracks credit exposure in an automated fashion
aggregating all originators' exposure to each customer including its
subsidiaries, affiliates and commonly controlled companies. Unless otherwise
specifically approved, credit approvals are valid for up to 180 days.

  UNDERWRITING -- GENERAL

    The purpose of each originator's underwriting standards is to evaluate a
prospective customer's credit standing and repayment ability. Each originator
makes credit decisions based upon the credit characteristics of the applicant,
loss experience with comparable customers, the amount and terms and conditions
of the proposed transaction and the type of equipment to be leased or financed.
For almost all transactions under $50,000, the originators, other than Newcourt
Commercial Finance Corporation and Newcourt Technologies Corporation, utilize
credit scoring systems to make credit decisions. In a credit scoring system, a
computer makes the initial credit decision after inputting credit application
data and credit bureau information into a statistical model of such originator's
prior loss experience. Newcourt Credit Group Inc. intends the proprietary credit
scoring systems to improve credit decisions on new lease applications, expedite
response times to customers and increase business volume and portfolio
profitability while maintaining credit quality.

    With respect to credit decisions for those transactions which are not based
on credit scoring, each originator's credit officers conduct various credit
investigations, including reference calling and the procurement and analysis of
data from credit reporting agencies such as Dun & Bradstreet and other credit
bureaus. In the case of larger sized transactions (generally over $100,000),
each originator's credit officers will obtain and analyze financial statements
from the customer. The analysis is to determine the reliability of the financial
statements and to ascertain the financial condition and operating performance of
the potential customer. Each originator carefully reviews asset quality and
compares stated liabilities to the information obtained from reference checking
and credit reports. Each originator checks cash flow for reliability and
adequacy to service funded debt maturities and other fixed charges. The
financial analysis typically involves a review of the potential customer's
leverage, profitability, liquidity and cash flow utilizing a variety of
financial ratios and comparing the company to other companies its size in
similar businesses. In this connection, the analysis utilizes various reference
sources, such as Robert Morris Associates Annual Statement Studies.
Additionally, the originator may obtain information from rating agencies,
securities firms, Bloomberg and numerous other sources. The credit officer then
prepares a written analysis summarizing the amount and terms of the credit
request and setting forth the credit officer's recommendation including detailed
supporting rationale. Each originator also considers alternative exit
strategies, including an analysis of the value of the equipment as well as its
essentiality of use, in the event the customer fails to honor its payment
obligations, No originator imposes either rigid loan-to-value ratios in its
underwriting processes or a maximum loan-to-value ratio.

                                       28

<PAGE>
    The credit approval will also set forth any conditions of approval such as
personal or corporate guarantees, shorter lease terms, more advance payments or
other credit enhancements, and it will dictate the necessary documentation. One
of Newcourt Credit Group Inc.'s authorized credit officers must re-approve any
subsequent modification of approval terms or required documentation. Newcourt
Credit Group Inc. also requires the credit personnel of each originator to rate
the creditworthiness of each of unit's customer accounts over $100,000. In the
process, the credit personnel are also required to take into account other
factors affecting the credit risk of a particular transaction, such as
collateral value, credit enhancement and duration of the credit.

  UNDERWRITING -- ADVANCED CREDIT SCORING SYSTEMS

    In 1992, AT&T Capital Corporation commissioned the Bell Laboratories
Operations Research Department to design decision support systems and associated
strategies for credit risk management throughout the customer's financing life
cycle. This life cycle approach, while commonplace in the consumer credit field,
is not common in commercial leasing. This process developed and implemented
three sets of decision support systems, covering each stage of the small ticket
leasing life cycle:

        front-end credit decisions,

        credit line management, and

        delinquent account collections.

    See ' -- Collections' below. Each system includes

        a suite of statistically derived risk prediction models,

        a sequential decision strategy which determines the model to be used in
        each instance, and

        a risk based strategy which determines the optimal decision based upon
        the model results.

    The current front-end credit decisioning systems follow a series of steps
including:

        the selection and electronic retrieval of credit bureau information,

        the quantification of credit risk and

        the decision to accept, reject or manually review the credit applicant.

    While both Newcourt Leasing Corporation and Newcourt Communications Finance
Corporation have been using credit application scoring models based on more
traditional credit scorecards since 1991 and 1989, respectively, Newcourt
Leasing Corporation implemented an improved decisioning system in March 1993,
while Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation implemented this system in May
1995.

    Additionally, Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation has developed and
implemented credit line management models since May 1995. This originator
monitors the credit scoring systems using various reporting mechanisms and has
upgraded the system over time to incorporate the value of more recent data and
to take advantage of improved statistical techniques. Authorized credit officers
may override credit

                                       29

<PAGE>
scoring decisions, but are discouraged from doing so unless the originator
uncovers additional information which materially strengthens the transaction or
if sufficient credit enhancements can be obtained to mitigate the risk.
Operating units track overrides each month. Overrides are more common at
Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation than they are at Newcourt Leasing
Corporation. Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation and Newcourt Technologies
Corporation do not use these advanced scoring systems because the contracts
originated by them have larger original balances.

    The originators also underwrite contracts representing smaller ticket
commercial assets originated through some of Newcourt Financial USA's vendor
programs utilizing computerized credit scoring models. The computer makes the
initial credit decision after consideration of the credit application data and
credit bureau information based on statistical historical loss analysis and
developed in conjunction with Fair Isaac. Fair Isaac is a major credit scoring
company and has a long history of consumer, small business and related credit
data. This empirical data is used to develop specific parameters within a
designated group and to predict future delinquency and default rates. By setting
approval cutoff levels on total scores at levels associated with predetermined
default rates, Newcourt Financial USA is able to provide a program level credit
score according to its internal policies.

    In the third quarter of 1998, Newcourt Credit Group Inc. hired four full
time Phd's formerly employed by AT&T Labs and who constituted the principal
development team behind AT&T Capital's credit automation program. This program,
which is briefly described above, involves dozens of individual credit models as
well as behavioral collections programs. Newcourt Credit Group Inc. refers to
this group as the Management Science Team and is based in Shrewsbury, NJ. In
addition to monitoring and periodically refreshing the existing credit models,
this group will also expand the scope of credit automation within Newcourt
Credit Group, Inc.'s portfolio.

  UNDERWRITING -- VENDOR PROGRAMS

    In initially establishing a program agreement or other form of financing
arrangement with a vendor, Newcourt Financial USA completes a formal
underwriting review of the vendor to ensure that the vendor can perform the
financial and other obligations contained in any vendor agreement. This review
typically encompasses a financial review, a product review (including an
analysis of market acceptance of the vendor's products) and a general
operational and managerial review of the vendor. Vendors must generally be
established in their field and must market industry accepted equipment or other
products. The vendor must have sufficient financial resources to support the
financing relationship contemplated by the respective originator. Program
agreements are continually monitored by the respective originator. Each
originator performs a formal annual review of a vendor's financial condition for
a vendor which generates a substantial amount of contracts.

  DOCUMENTATION

    Contract documentation may include:

        a credit application,

                                       30

<PAGE>
        a signed lease/installment sale or financing agreement,

        a vendor invoice, initial lease/advance payment,

        proof of insurance, where relevant,

        delivery and acceptance acknowledgments and

        financing statements.

    The originators typically require filing of financing statements as follows:

        in the case of originations by Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation,
        Newcourt Leasing Corporation, Newcourt Communications Finance
        Corporation and Newcourt Technologies Corporation, in the appropriate
        'filing' jurisdiction if the fair market value of the equipment is at
        least $20,000 or, in the alternative, at least $50,000 if the equipment
        relates to a lease with a 'fair market value' purchase option, and

        in the case of originations by Newcourt Financial USA Inc., in the
        appropriate 'filing' jurisdiction if the fair market value of the
        related equipment is at least $25,000.

  BILLING

    Third parties handle billing for the originators. The third parties prepare
and mail monthly invoices. All customers have a billing cycle, and the billing
party generates invoices automatically and mails them out before the due date,
with the exception of end-users as to whom payment coupon books evidence their
payment obligations or from whose accounts the billing party automatically
debits their payments. From time to time to facilitate customer needs, the
originators will provide manual invoices. Monthly invoices include the scheduled
payment, taxes, insurance and late charges, if any. The vast majority of
contracts provide for level payments throughout their term. Substantially all
customers forward payments to lockboxes with certain financial institutions.

  PORTFOLIO MONITORING

    The originators track and calculate delinquency monthly for each major
portfolio segment, including segmentation by classification of days past due.
They monitor credit losses each month and compare them with credit losses for
previous months and the corresponding month in a number of prior years. Each
originator also employs other techniques in evaluating the performance of its
portfolio. These techniques include:

        roll rate analysis -- a type of portfolio analysis examining the rate at
        which accounts in various stages of delinquency become, or 'roll' into,
        losses, and

        a type of vintage analysis -- another type of portfolio analysis in
        which each originator's assets are classified by age and then compared
        across different years, e.g., comparing loss experience for two-year-old
        portfolio in 1996 with that in 1995.

                                       31

<PAGE>
    For transactions over $1,000,000, each originator conducts annual reviews of
customer financial condition and risk rating. The originators conduct these
annual reviews on transactions over $500,000 which have high risk ratings. They
monitor all other transactions via the normal collection process, meaning that
they would receive individual attention only if they became delinquent or for
some other reason came to the attention of the company's credit and collections
personnel. For example, a material adverse change in the financial condition of
the obligor in the transaction would trigger an individual review.

    In addition to providing an initial credit review, ongoing credit review
procedures exist to identify at an early stage those customers that may be
experiencing financial difficulty. Credit personnel monitor these customers once
they are identified. The credit personnel periodically make recommendations to
the originator's chief credit officer as to

        what remedial actions the originator should take;

        what portion, if any, of total credit exposures the originator should
        write off; or

        whether the originator should make a specific allocation of the
        originator's loss reserves.

    In establishing allowances for credit losses, each originator's management
reviews:

        the aging of the originator's portfolio,

        all non-performing leases and receivables,

        prior collection experience, and

        originator's overall exposure and changes in credit risk.

  COLLECTIONS

    Each originator collects overdue payments using several different methods.
Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation and Newcourt Leasing Corporation
have deployed computerized collection management systems. Newcourt Leasing
Corporation has used outbound call management systems and behavioral scoring
systems in prioritizing collection activities in its collection process since
March 1994. Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation has utilized similar
technology in its collection activities since 1989 with the exception of
behavioral scoring, which it implemented in September 1996 following a testing
period in several of Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation's units. The
collection management systems prioritize delinquent accounts into automated
queues using delinquent account scoring systems, also referred to as behavioral
scoring. Telephone calls to delinquent accounts are automatically dialed by the
system eliminating no answer and busy line calls, which the system automatically
reschedules.

    Newcourt Financial USA, Newcourt Technologies Corporation and Newcourt
Communication Finance Corporation rank accounts using a suite of statistically-
derived risk prediction indicators for handling in order of risk weighted
exposure. The collection management systems utilize different account collection
strategies as a function of risk level and account balance. Accounts with low
balances or low risk or

                                       32

<PAGE>
both get a low impact collection strategy which involves greater reliance upon
letters in the early stages of delinquency and less reliance on telephone calls
until the later stages of delinquency. Also, the number of days between actions
is greater for a low risk account than in the case of a high risk account. A
high impact collection strategy applies to accounts with high balances and/or
high risk scores. In this case, telephone calls commence sooner in the
collection process, and the originators space collection actions more closely.

    During 1999, the originators will continue to move some of their small to
mid-ticket collection activities into a centralized call center located in
Memphis, Tennessee. The call center employs approximately 200 people, primarily
collectors and customer service representatives, and utilizes a Davox call
management system and other collection technologies such as behavioral scoring
to efficiently collect on past due accounts.

    The originators frequently use outside collection agencies and attorneys to
supplement collection activity. Typically, the originators place an account with
an outside collection agency or attorney when it is 180 days or more past due.
However, they may place accounts past due less than 180 days with a collection
agency or attorney depending upon the circumstances of its delinquency. They may
repossess equipment at any time after the contractual default but typically do
not do so until the account is past due between 90 and 180 days, or earlier if
they determine the equipment to be at risk.

  NON-ACCRUAL AND WRITE-OFF POLICY

    Each originator maintains non-accrual and write-off policies. The policies
require that all accounts which are 90 days past due, or less in the event of a
bankruptcy, be categorized as non-performing. The majority of delinquent
accounts will be written off or specifically reserved for no later than 180 days
past due. While smaller accounts, generally $50,000 or less, will be written off
at that time, larger accounts will have specific reserves recorded which
appropriately reduce the carrying value of the contracts to an amount roughly
equivalent to the estimated market value. However, the servicer will evaluate
some delinquent accounts and if the obligor appears likely to make payment in
full despite the delinquency, the servicer may decide not to write-off or
reserve at that time.

                                 THE CONTRACTS

    With respect to any series of notes, this prospectus and any prospectus
supplement refer to the aggregate of the contracts in an owner trust, as of any
particular date, as the contract pool. This prospectus and any prospectus
supplement refer to the contract pool, as of the cut-off date specified in the
prospectus supplement for your notes, as the cut-off date or initial contract
pool. Changes in the characteristics of the contracts between the cut-off date
and the closing date will not affect more than 5% of the cut-off date contract
pool principal balance. This prospectus and any prospectus supplement refer to
equipment, software and services collectively as financed items.

                                       33

<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS

    All of the contracts in each owner trust will be commercial, rather than
consumer, leases or loans. The following description of the contracts describes
the material terms of the contracts to be included in each contract pool,
although an immaterial number of contracts in a contract pool may differ in one
or more provisions from the description below.

END-USER CONTRACTS

    Each owner trust will include contracts to which the end-user of the
equipment is a party. The depositor lists the types of contracts under 'The
Owner Trusts' above.

    There will be no limit on the number of contracts in a particular contract
pool which may consist of any of those types. Each contract is required,
however, to be an 'eligible contract,' as of the date the depositor transfers
the contracts to the respective owner trusts. An eligible contract is a contract
as to which the representations and warranties listed below under
' -- Representations and Warranties Made by the Seller' are true as of the
transfer date.

  CONDITIONAL SALE AGREEMENTS

    Each originator will offer financing for equipment under conditional sale
agreements assigned to the applicable originator by the vendor of the equipment.
Each originator will generally use its standard pre-printed form to document the
conditional sale agreements in a contract pool. In some instances, the
originator will use a vendor's standard, pre-printed form. The conditional sale
agreement sets forth the description of each financed item and the schedule of
installment payments. Typically, loans under conditional sale agreements are
fixed rate and are for a term of one to seven years. Payments under conditional
sale agreements typically are due monthly. Conditional sale agreements
typically:

        provide for a grant by the end-user of the equipment of a security
        interest in the equipment, which security interest is assigned by the
        vendor to the originator;

        may allow prepayment of the obligation upon payment, where allowed by
        applicable state law, of an additional prepayment fee;

        require the end-user to maintain the equipment, keep it free and clear
        of liens and encumbrances and pay all taxes related to the equipment;

        restrict the modification or disposal of the equipment without the
        vendor's, or its assignee's, consent;

        include a disclaimer of warranties;

        include the end-user's indemnity against liabilities arising from the
        use, possession or ownership of the equipment;

        include the end-user's absolute and unconditional obligation to pay the
        installment payments on the loan; and

        include specific events of default and remedies for default.

                                       34

<PAGE>
A conditional sale agreement typically requires each end-user to maintain
insurance, the terms of which may vary. The terms of a conditional sale
agreement may be modified at its inception at the end-user's request. The
originator's legal department must approve material modifications before the
originator will agree to accept an assignment of the conditional sale agreements
from a vendor unless the vendor has indemnified the originator against any
losses or damages it may suffer as a result of modifications.

  LEASES

    The originators, either directly or by assignment from vendors, will offer
financing of equipment, software and services under leases. Leases may consist
of individual lease agreements relating to a single, separate transaction and
financed item. Alternatively, the individual leases may be governed by a master
lease agreement which contains the general terms and conditions of the
transaction. Specific terms and conditions, such as descriptions of the specific
equipment, software and services being leased or financed and the schedule of
related rental payments, are typically contained in a supplement or schedule to
the master lease agreement, which is signed by the end-user as lessee, and
either the vendor or the originator, as lessor. The supplement to the master
lease agreement incorporates the master lease agreement by reference, and is
treated by the originator as a separate lease. The originator or the vendor
originates each lease in the ordinary course of business. Vendors who originate
leases assign them to the originator. An originator also may purchase leases on
a portfolio basis.

    The initial terms of the leases in the contract pool typically range from
one to seven years. Each lease provides for the periodic payment by the end-user
of rent in advance or arrears, generally monthly or quarterly. The periodic
payments represent the amortization, generally on a level basis, of the total
amount that an end-user is required to pay throughout the term of a lease.

    A contract pool will include 'net leases' under which the end-user assumes
responsibility for

        the financed items, including operation, maintenance, repair, and
        insurance or self-insurance,

        return of the equipment at the expiration or termination of the lease,
        and

        the payment of all sales, use and property taxes relating to the
        financed items during the lease term.

    The end-user further agrees to indemnify the lessor for any liabilities
arising out of the use or operation of the financed items. In most cases, the
end-user also authorized the lessor to perform the end-user's obligations under
the lease at the end-user's expense, if it so elects, in cases where the
end-user has failed to perform. In addition, the leases often contain 'hell or
high water' clauses unconditionally obligating the end-user to make periodic
payments, without setoff, at the times and in the amounts specified in the
lease. If an originator is the lessor, the lease will contain no express or
implied warranties with respect to the financed items other than a warranty of
quiet enjoyment. If a vendor is the lessor, the lease or a related agreement may
contain representations and warranties with respect to the financed items in

                                       35

<PAGE>
addition to a warranty of quiet enjoyment. However, the end-user typically
agrees not to assert any warranty claims against any assignee, including the
originator, of the vendor by way of setoff, counterclaim or otherwise, and
further agrees that it may only bring that type of claim against the vendor.
Leases of equipment often require the end-user to maintain, at its expense,
casualty insurance covering damage to or loss of the equipment during the lease
term or to self-insure against these risks, if approved in advance by the
originator or vendor, as applicable.

    The leases will include both 'true leases' and leases intended for security
as defined in Section 1-201(37) of the Uniform Commercial Code. Under a 'true
lease', the lessor bears the risk of ownership, except for the risk of loss of
the equipment, which is passed to the end-user under the leases. The lessor also
takes any tax benefits associated with the ownership of depreciable property
under applicable law. No title is conferred upon the lessee. The lessee under a
'true lease' has the right to the temporary use of property for a term shorter
than the economic life of the property in exchange for payments at scheduled
intervals during the lease term. Additionally, the lessor retains a significant
'residual' economic interest in the leased property. End of lease options for
'true leases' include purchase or renewal at fair market value.

    Under leases intended for security, the lessor in effect finances the
'purchase' of the leased property by the lessee and retains a security interest
in the leased property. The lessee retains the leased property for substantially
all its economic life and the lessor retains no significant residual interest.
Such leases are considered conditional sales type leases for federal income tax
purposes and, accordingly, the lessor does not take any federal tax benefits
associated with the ownership of depreciable property. End of lease options for
these leases depend on the terms of the related individual lease agreement or
master lease agreement supplement, but often these terms provide for the
purchase of the equipment at a prestated price, which may be nominal. The
inclusion of 'true leases' in a contract pool should have no federal income tax
impact on holders of notes since the notes are treated as debt for federal
income tax purposes. However, the inclusion of 'true leases' may result in the
imposition of state and local taxes which would reduce cash available for
payment on the notes.

    A lease will either prohibit the end-user from altering or modifying the
equipment or permit the end-user to alter or modify the equipment only to the
extent the alterations or modifications are readily removable without damage to
the equipment. Under some master lease agreements, the end-user may assign its
rights and obligations under the lease, but only upon receiving the prior
written consent of the lessor. Under some leases, the lessee may relocate the
equipment upon giving the lessor prompt written notice of the relocation. The
right to grant or deny consent or to receive written notice will be exercised by
the servicer under the authority delegated to it in the related pooling and
servicing agreement. Some leases will permit the end-user to substitute
substantially identical leased equipment for leased equipment scheduled to be
returned to the lessor under the lease.

    While the terms and conditions of the leases will not usually permit
cancellation by the end-user, the lessor and the end-user may modify or
terminate some leases before the end of the lease term. The originator, or a
vendor, with the consent of the originator, may permit the modifications to a
lease term or early lease terminations.

                                       36

<PAGE>
The modifications typically arise in connection with additional financing
opportunities from the same end-user. End-users may also negotiate with the
originator, at the originator's discretion, an early termination arrangement
allowing the end-user to purchase the equipment during the term of a lease. The
early-termination purchase price is often equal to or in excess of the present
value of the remaining rental payments under the lease plus the anticipated
market value of the related equipment as of the end of the lease term. The
originator may permit early termination of a lease in connection with the
acquisition of new technology requiring replacement of the equipment. In these
cases, the end-user returns the related equipment to the vendor or originator
and pays an amount generally equal to the present value of the remaining rental
payments under the lease plus an early termination fee to the originator.
Modifications usually involve repricing a lease or modification of the lease
term. Occasionally the lessor and the end-user may modify a lease in connection
with an increase in the capacity or performance of equipment by adding
additional equipment that includes new technology. Coincident with the financing
of an upgrade to the equipment, the originator may reprice and extend the
related base lease term to be coterminous with the desired term of the lease
relating to the upgrade. In some cases, subject to conditions described under
'Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements -- Servicing,' base lease
extensions may remain in a contract pool. The depositor expects that the
servicer will continue to permit these modifications and terminations with
respect to leases included in a contract pool under the authority delegated to
it in the related pooling and servicing agreement. The servicer's ability to
modify leases is limited by the conditions and covenants of the servicer
described under 'Description of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreements -- Servicing.'

    The originator may modify the standard terms and conditions of the lease
agreement at the inception of a lease at the request of the end-user. The
originator's legal department must approve material modifications before the
originator will agree to enter into the lease or accept an assignment of the
lease from a vendor unless the vendor indemnifies the originator against any
losses or damages it may suffer as a result of the modifications. Common
permitted modifications include, but are not limited to:

        prearranged mid-lease purchase options, early termination options and
        lease extension options as described above;

        modifications to the lessor's equipment inspection rights;

        modifications to the end-user's insurance requirements permitting the
        end-user to self-insure against casualty to the equipment;

        the end-user's right to assign the lease or sub-lease the financed items
        to an affiliated entity, so long as the end-user remains liable under
        the lease and promptly notifies the lessor or its assignee of the
        assignment or sublease; and

        extended grace periods for late payments of rent.

    In some cases, after a lease term expires the originator may permit the
end-user to continue to use the related equipment for so long as the end-user
continues to make lease payments. After the expiration of the term of a lease,
any continued lease payments will belong to the depositor, not the owner trust.

                                       37

<PAGE>
  SECURED NOTES

    Each originator will also provide direct initial financing or refinancing of
equipment and software under secured promissory notes, which consist of an
installment note and a separate security agreement. In an initial financing
transaction, the originator pays to the vendor the purchase price for the
equipment or software. In a refinancing transaction, the originator pays off an
end-user's existing financing source, and the initial financing or refinancing
is documented as a direct loan by the originator to the end-user of the
equipment or software using a secured note. In the case of a refinancing
transaction, upon payment to the existing financing source, the originator
obtains a release of the original financing party's lien on the financed
equipment. In either case, the originator records its own lien against the
financed equipment or software and takes possession of the secured note. Except
for the lack of references to 'sale' or 'purchase' of equipment, a secured note
contains terms and conditions substantially similar to those contained in
conditional sale agreements.

  INSTALLMENT PAYMENT/FINANCING AGREEMENTS

    Each originator will provide financing for software license fees and related
support and consulting services under

        installment payment supplements to software license agreements,

        separate installment payment agreements, and

        other forms of financing agreements assigned to the originator by
        vendors of software.

    Each financing agreement of this type:

        is an unsecured obligation of the end-user;

        generally provides for a fixed schedule of payments with no end-user
        right of prepayment;

        is noncancellable for its term;

        generally contains a 'hell or high water' clause unconditionally
        obligating the end-user to make periodic payments, without setoff, at
        the times and in the amounts specified. If a financing agreement does
        not provide for noncancellability or a 'hell or high water' clause, the
        financing agreement will have the benefit of a vendor guarantee. See
        'The Contracts -- Program Agreements with Vendors;'

        permits the assignment of the payment agreement to a third party,
        including the originator, and includes the end-user's agreement not to
        assert against assignee any claims or defenses the end-user may have
        against the vendor; and

        contains default and remedy provisions that usually include acceleration
        of amounts due and to become due and, in some cases, the right of the
        vendor, or the originator by assignment, to terminate the underlying
        software license and all related support and consulting activities.

                                       38

<PAGE>
EQUIPMENT

    The end-user contracts will cover a wide variety of new and used:

        information technology equipment, including:

            computer work stations,

            personal computers,

            data storage devices,

            mainframe and mini-computers and

            computer related peripheral equipment,

        communications equipment, such as telephone switching and networking
        systems,

        commercial business and industrial equipment, such as:

            printing presses,

            machine tools and other manufacturing equipment,

            photocopiers, facsimile machines and other office equipment,

            energy savings and control equipment,

            automotive diagnostic and

            automated testing equipment,

        medical equipment, such as diagnostic and therapeutic examination
        equipment for radiology, nuclear medicine and ultrasound and laboratory
        analysis equipment,

        resources equipment, such as feller-bunchers and grapplers,

        transportation and construction equipment, such as:

            heavy and medium duty trucks and highway trailers,

            school buses,

            bulldozers,

            loaders,

            graders,

            excavators,

            forklifts,

            other materials handling equipment,

            golf carts,

            other road and off-road machinery and

            electronics manufacturing equipment.

    In each case, the depositor will transfer the security interests of the
originator in the equipment subject to each related end-user contract, but not
ownership interests in the case of leased equipment, to the relevant owner
trust.

                                       39

<PAGE>
SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

    Some end-user contracts will cover license fees and other fees owed by the
end-user under either perpetual or term software license agreements and other
related agreements in connection with the end-user's use of computer software
programs. The end-user contracts may also cover related support and consulting
services which are provided by the vendor, an affiliate of the vendor or a third
party contract party and which facilitate the obligor's use of the software.
Neither the vendors or licensors of the software nor the end-users under the
related end-user contracts will convey to the originator any interest in the
software or the software license agreement, other than the right to collect the
payment of software license fees. However, in some cases, the vendors may convey
to the originator the right to exercise rights and remedies under the relevant
software license agreement or related agreements. Consequently, an owner trust
will not have title to or a security interest in the software, nor will it own
the related services, and would not be able to realize any value from the
software or related servicer under a related end-user contract upon a default by
the end-user.

VENDOR LOANS

    The contracts may include limited recourse loan or repayment obligations of
a vendor. These may take the form of promissory notes with related security
interests documented by security agreements or specific provisions in related
program agreements. Each of the obligations is secured by all of the vendor's
interest in an individual end-user contract originated by the vendor and by the
equipment related to the end-user contract.

    The originator may originate vendor loans through, and the vendor loans may
incorporate terms and conditions of, a program agreement. See 'Program
Agreements with Vendors.' Vendor loans generally are non-recourse to the vendor,
meaning that the originator may obtain repayment solely from the proceeds of the
end-user contracts and related equipment securing the vendor loan. In a few
instances, however, the originator may have recourse to a vendor for nonpayment
of a vendor loan through a limited recourse arrangement in the related program
agreement or other related agreement. The repayment terms under a vendor loan,
including periodic amounts payable and schedule of payments, will correspond to
the payment terms of the end-user under the end-user contract collaterally
assigned under the vendor loan. Each vendor loan will either include most, if
not all, of the representations and warranties regarding the end-user contract
and related equipment typically included in a vendor agreement, or incorporate
these representations and warranties included in any related program agreement
by reference.

PROGRAM AGREEMENTS WITH VENDORS

    An originator's program agreement is typically an agreement with equipment
manufacturers, dealers and distributors, or software licensors or distributors,
located in the United States. The program agreement provides an originator with
the opportunity to finance transactions relating to the acquisition or use by an
end-user of a vendor's equipment, software, services or other products. Vendor
program arrangements provide an originator with a steady, sustainable flow of
new business, often with lower costs of origination than asset-based financings
marketed directly to

                                       40

<PAGE>
end-users. Some of the program agreements take the form of a referral
relationship, which is less formal, and may or may not include credit or
remarketing support to the originator from the vendor.

    Each program agreement under which vendors or another party originate and
document contracts and assign them to the originator typically includes vendor
representations, warranties and covenants regarding each contract assigned to an
originator, including that:

        the obligations of the end-user under the assigned contract are
        absolute, unconditional, noncancellable, enforceable in accordance with
        their terms and free from any rights of offset, counterclaim or defense;

        the originator holds the sole original of the contract and has either
        title to or a first priority perfected security interest in the
        equipment, except with respect to situations where no financing
        statement is filed due to the minimum value involved;

        the equipment and the contract are free and clear of all liens, claims
        or encumbrances except for permitted liens;

        the end-user has irrevocably accepted the equipment or the software; and

        the end-user duly authorized and signed the assigned contract;

    Each program agreement under which the originators document and originate
contracts typically include vendor representations, warranties and covenants
regarding each contract, including that

        the equipment has been delivered to and accepted by the end-user;

        the vendor has not received any advance payments;

        the vendor has good title to the equipment; and

        the vendor has not made any misrepresentations to the end-user.

    In each of the two above described program structures, relevant agreements
also typically provide for

        remedies for misrepresentations or breaches of warranties or covenants
        by the vendor regarding an assigned contract. These remedies usually
        require the vendor to repurchase the affected end-user contract for the
        originator's investment balance in the contract plus costs incurred by
        the originator in breaking any underlying funding arrangement; and

        the right of an originator to further assign its interests in assigned
        contracts, all related payments and any related interest in equipment.

    In addition, the originators may enter into profit sharing arrangements with
some vendors. These arrangements typically will provide for sharing of revenues
generated under the program and for joint participation in management. Under the
terms of these arrangements, the originators maintain direct or indirect control
over all credit decision-making activities.

    Also, a program agreement or profit sharing arrangement may include recourse
against a vendor with respect to end-user defaults under some end-user
contracts,

        by specifying that the assignment of the contract from the vendor to the
        originator is with full recourse against the vendor;

                                       41

<PAGE>
        by specifying that the vendor will absorb a limited fixed dollar or
        percentage amount of 'first losses' on the contract;

        by inclusion of the contract in an ultimate net loss pool created under
        the program agreement as well as guarantees by the applicable vendor
        with respect to certain contracts which are cancelable or which do not
        contain 'hell or high water' provisions; or

        by providing for vendor repurchase of the contract or vendor
        indemnification payments for breaches of certain representations and
        warranties made by the vendor with respect to the contract.

If an end-user defaults under a contract subject to a net loss pool, the
originator may be permitted to draw against the net loss pool up to the amount
of the originator's remaining unpaid investment balance in the defaulted
contract. The originator may also be permitted to draw against the net loss pool
with respect to contracts that are not included in the pool of contracts in a
particular owner trust and, accordingly, there can be no assurance that any
amounts contributed by a vendor to a net loss pool will be available with
respect to a defaulted contract included in the pool of contracts owned by a
particular owner trust.

    The manner in which the vendor assigns contracts to the originator varies
from one program agreement to another, depending upon

        the nature of the items financed,

        the form of the contract,

        the accounting treatment sought by the vendor and the end-user, and

        tax considerations.

    For example, an originator might:

        accept a vendor loan and collateral assignment of the contract and
        related equipment or security interest therein from the vendor; or

        accept a full assignment of the contract and a collateral assignment of
        the related equipment or security interest from the vendor, which
        collateral assignment secures the end-user's obligations under the
        contract or lease.

The originator also may receive, from a vendor with respect to software, a full
assignment of leases, installment payment agreements, installment payment
supplements to license agreements, and other types of financing agreements used
in financing software license payments and related support and consulting
services. These assignments may include an assignment of the software vendor's
or licensor's right, or the agreement of the vendor or licensor, at the
originator's instructions, to terminate the software license covered by the
contract and suspend related support in the event of an end-user default under
the contract. In some cases, the software vendor also agrees not to relicense
the same or similar software to a defaulted end-user for some period of time,
e.g., one year, unless the end-user cures its default.

    Some portion of the contracts included in the pool of contracts, especially
in the case of conditional sale agreements, are likely to consist of contracts
originated by vendors and assigned to the originator in vendor assignments, each
of which relates to an individual contract, rather than under a program
agreement. Each vendor assignment will either be with or without recourse
against the vendor for end-user

                                       42

<PAGE>
defaults. Each vendor assignment will typically contain many, if not all, of the
representations, warranties and covenants typically contained in program
agreements, as well as a vendor repurchase requirement in the event of a breach
by the vendor of the representations, warranties or covenants. Vendor
assignments may or may not provide for any vendor remarketing support in the
event of an end-user default.

RESIDUAL INVESTMENTS

    Any of the originators may finance all or a portion of the residual interest
in the equipment under program agreements and under direct transactions between
an obligor and the applicable originator. Any investment by the originator in a
residual interest shall be referred to as a residual investment. Program
agreements may provide that the originator may, at its sole discretion and in
connection with the funding of a lease of equipment, make a residual investment
in that equipment by advancing additional funds against a portion of the
anticipated residual value of the equipment, and not just against the discounted
present value of the rental payments due under the contract. Residual
investments may take the form of an advance of the present value of some
specified percentage of the anticipated residual value of the equipment or a
specified percentage, typically not greater than 10%, of the amount to be paid
by the originator in funding the present value of the rental payments due under
the contract.

    With respect to vendor assignments, the originator may advance the entire
purchase price of the equipment subject to a true lease, take title to the
equipment, and accept an assignment of the true lease contract from a vendor.
With respect to the leases originated by the originator the originator may
advance the entire purchase price of the equipment to the vendor, take title to
the equipment from the vendor, and enter into a true lease contract with an
obligor. In either of the two foregoing types of transactions, the originator
will have advanced more than the discounted present value of the rents payable
under the true lease contracts by paying the purchase price for the equipment,
and so will have made a residual investment in the equipment.

    In some program agreements, the originator may make the residual investment
in the form of a full recourse loan of additional funds to the vendor. That loan
is repayable by the vendor at the expiration or termination of the contract with
interest and is secured by a security interest in the financed equipment. In
some transactions involving vendor assignments or direct transactions with
obligors under true lease contracts, the originator may obtain the obligation of
either the vendor or the obligor to purchase the equipment at the end of the
lease term for the full amount of the originator's residual investment in the
equipment with accrued interest. Any transaction in which the originator may
look to either the vendor or the obligor, and not just the value of equipment
itself, to recover its residual investment with interest shall be referred to as
a 'guaranteed residual investment'. Other than guaranteed residual investments,
a residual investment will not be included in the discounted contract balance of
any contract and, therefore, would not be financed with the proceeds of the
notes. This type residual investment is referred to herein as the 'excluded
residual investment.'

    The seller or an affiliate of the seller will transfer the excluded residual
investment associated with any contract included in a pool of contracts to the
depositor or another affiliate under the terms of a purchase and sale agreement
or

                                       43

<PAGE>
other transfer agreement. The depositor will not transfer the excluded residual
investment to an owner trust under the related pooling and servicing agreement.
The related owner trust's interest in contracts with associated residual
investments, other than with guaranteed residual investments, will be limited to
the discounted present value of the rental payments due under the contract and a
security interest in the related equipment. The originator may assign its
excluded residual investment to a third party, including the security interest
in the equipment in respect of the residual investment.

CONTRACT FILES

    Each originator will indicate in the appropriate computer files relating to
the contracts being transferred to an owner trust that the originator has
transferred the contracts for the benefit of the holders of the notes. Each
originator will also deliver to the indenture trustee a computer file,
microfiche or written list containing a true and complete list of all contracts
which it has transferred, identified by account number and by the discounted
contract balance of the contracts as of the transfer date.

COLLECTIONS ON CONTRACTS

    Your prospectus supplement will describe how all collections received with
respect to the contracts will be allocated.

PAYMENTS GENERALLY

    The contracts usually require that an obligor make periodic payments on a
monthly basis. Some contracts, however, provide for quarterly, semi-annual or
annual payments. Obligors must make the payments under all of the contracts in
United States dollars. Payment requirements usually are fixed and specified,
rather than being tied to a formula or are otherwise at a floating rate.
Payments under the contracts are ordinarily payable in advance, although a small
percentage provide for payments in arrears.

EXPENSES RELATING TO EQUIPMENT

    The contracts require the obligors to assume the responsibility for payment
of all expenses of the related equipment including, without limitation,

        any expenses in connection with the maintenance and repair of the
        related equipment,

        the payment of any and all premiums for casualty and liability
        insurance, and

        the payment of all taxes relating to the equipment.

INSURANCE; REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

    Most lease contracts require that the obligors will maintain liability
insurance which must name the lessor as additional insured. Contracts which are
subject to

        leases,

        installment sales contracts,

                                       44

<PAGE>
        promissory notes or

        loan and security agreements

require obligors to procure property insurance against the loss, theft or
destruction of, or damage to, the equipment for its full replacement value,
naming the lessor, or lender, as loss payee. An originator will waive this
requirement from time to time for a small number of transactions. For some lease
contracts, the obligor's already existing self-insurance program permits the
obligor to self-insure the equipment. The originators do not track or verify
insurance coverage as to the equipment related to a contract after the
commencement of the contract.

    For lease contracts that Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation
originates relating to equipment with a cost of $100,000 or less, and for lease
contracts which Newcourt Leasing Corporation, Newcourt Technologies Corporation,
Newcourt Financial USA Inc. or Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation
originates relating to equipment with a cost of $250,000 or less, the originator
often provides the obligor with written information concerning its property
insurance obligations under the contract. The obligor is given a specified time
period in which to provide evidence of insurance coverage. A third party
independently verifies proper evidence of coverage at the commencement of the
contract. If the obligor does not provide satisfactory evidence of insurance
coverage then the originator will provide insurance to protect its interest in
the equipment. If the originator provides the insurance coverage, the originator
charges the obligor a monthly fee covering the insurance charges and other
related administrative charges. If, at any time, the obligor provides evidence
of its own coverage, these monthly charges cease. The obligor has the ability to
opt out of the program by providing evidence of its own coverage.

    For transactions involving equipment with a cost of more than $100,000, in
the case of lease contracts that Newcourt Communications Finance Corporation
originates, or more than $250,000, in the case of lease contracts that Newcourt
Leasing Corporation, Newcourt Technologies Corporation, Newcourt Financial USA
Inc. or Newcourt Commercial Finance Corporation originates, insurance coverage
generally is verified at the commencement of the contract by the respective
originator. The failure to maintain this insurance constitutes an event of
default under the applicable contract. Usually, the obligor also agrees to
indemnify the originator for all liability and expenses arising from the use,
condition or ownership of the equipment.

    If the equipment is damaged or destroyed, each lease contract requires that
the obligor:

        repair the equipment;

        make a termination payment to the lessor in an amount not less than the
        amount required to pay off the contract; or

        in some cases, replace the damaged or destroyed equipment with other
        equipment of comparable use and value.

The related pooling and servicing agreement permits the servicer, in the case of
the destruction of the equipment related to a particular lease contract, either
to:

        allow the lessee to replace this equipment, provided that the
        replacement equipment is, in the judgment of the servicer, of comparable
        use and at

                                       45

<PAGE>
        least equivalent value to the value of the equipment which was
        destroyed, or

        accept the termination payment referred to above.

ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS

    The contracts will permit the assignment of the contract by the lessor or
secured party without the consent of the obligor. However, a small number of
contracts require notification of the assignment to, or the consent of, the
obligor. The seller will represent and warrant in the purchase and sale
agreement that these notices have been given, or approvals will have been
received, not more than ten days following the date of the transfer of the
contract to the depositor. The contracts do not permit assignment of the
contracts, or the related equipment, by the obligor without the prior consent of
the lessor or secured party, except the contracts may permit:

        assignments to a parent, subsidiary or affiliate;

        the assignment to a third party, provided the obligor remains liable
        under the contract; or

        assignment to a third party with a credit standing, which the originator
        determines in accordance with its underwriting policy and practice at
        the time for an equivalent contract type, term and amount, to be equal
        to or better than the original obligor.

Under the related pooling and servicing agreement, the servicer may permit an
assignment of a particular contract from an obligor to a third party only if the
servicer, utilizing the current underwriting criteria for its contract
origination activities, determines that the third party is of sufficient credit
quality that the servicer would permit the third party to become an obligor with
respect to a contract that the servicer originates.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

    Events of default under the contracts ordinarily include:

        the failure to pay all amounts required by the contract when due;

        the failure of the obligor to perform its agreements and covenants under
        the applicable contract;

        material misrepresentations made by the obligor;

        the bankruptcy or insolvency of the obligor or the appointment of a
        receiver for the obligor; and

        in some cases, default by the obligor under other contracts or
        agreements.

Some of these default provisions are, in some instances, subject to notice
provisions and cure periods. Remedies available to the lessor or secured party
upon the occurrence of an event of default by the obligor include the right

        to cancel or terminate in the case of a contract subject to a true
        lease,

        to accelerate payments in the case of a contract subject to financing,

        to recover possession of the related equipment and

                                       46

<PAGE>
        to receive an amount intended to make the lessor or secured party, as
        the case may be, whole plus costs and expenses, including legal fees,
        which the lessor or secured party incurs as a result of the default.

Notwithstanding these events of default and remedies, the pooling and servicing
agreement, permits the servicer to take the actions, with respect to delinquent
and defaulted contracts, a reasonably prudent creditor would take under similar
circumstances. See 'Description of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreements -- Servicing'. The originators may occasionally provide payment
extensions, typically of three months or less. Longer extensions are
occasionally granted to customers experiencing delays in payment due to cash
flow shortages or other reasons. However, originators do not intend extensions
to be used to provide a temporary solution for a delinquent account. Rather,
extensions are intended to be used when, in the judgment of the relevant credit
authority, the extension is necessary to avoid a termination and liquidation of
the contract and will maximize the amount to be received by the related owner
trust with respect to the contract.

PREPAYMENTS AND EARLY TERMINATION

    Any contract may either:

        not permit the obligor to prepay the amounts due under the contract or
        otherwise terminate the contract prior to its scheduled expiration date;

        allow for a prepayment or early termination upon payment of an amount
        that is at least equal to the contract principal balance, determined
        using a discount rate specified in your prospectus supplement; or

        allow for a prepayment or early termination without the payment of the
        contract principal balance.

Some contracts, often written as installment sales contracts, promissory notes
or loan and security agreements, permit the obligor to prepay the contract, in
whole or in part, at any time at par plus accrued interest.

    Under each pooling and servicing agreement, the servicer may allow the
prepayment of any contract, but only if the amount paid, or, in the case of a
partial prepayment, the sum of that amount and the remaining principal balance
of the contract after application of that amount, is at least equal to the
amount required to pay off the contract. The required payoff amount, with
respect to any collection period for any contract, is equal to the sum of:

        the scheduled payment due in that collection period and not yet
        received, together with any scheduled payments due in prior collection
        periods and not yet received; plus

        the discounted contract principal balance of the contract as of the last
        day of that collection period, after taking into account the scheduled
        payment due in that collection period.

    In no event will revenues pledged for a series of notes include, nor will
the notes otherwise be payable from, any portion of a prepayment on a contract
that exceeds the required payoff amount for that contract.

                                       47

<PAGE>
    Under the pooling and servicing agreement, the depositor may replace any
prepaid contract with a substitute contract. See ' -- Substitution of Contracts'
below.

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

    The contracts which are subject to a true lease contain provisions whereby
the lessor, or the originator, as assignee of the lessor, disclaims all
warranties with respect to the equipment. In the majority of cases, the lessor
assigns the manufacturer's warranties to the obligor for the term of the lease.
Under true leases, the obligor accepts the equipment under the applicable
contract following delivery and an opportunity to inspect the related equipment.

ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT

    Some of the contracts which are subject to a true lease constitute leases of
additional equipment, generally costing $25,000 or less, with existing obligors.
Pursuant to the terms of the original contract between the lessor and the
obligor, the parties document leases for additional equipment on a written form
that the lessor prepares and delivers to the obligor, but the obligor does not
execute, which written form describes all of the terms of the lease. Under the
terms of the contract, the obligor agrees that unless it objects in writing
within a specified period of time, it is deemed to have accepted the lease of
this additional equipment.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY THE SELLER

    Newcourt Financial USA Inc., as the direct or indirect seller of contracts
to the depositor, will make the following representations and warranties
regarding the contracts and the related equipment included in each pool of
contracts transferred to an owner trust as of the related transfer date. The
representations and warranties will also apply to contracts that the depositor
reacquires from a trust to which the depositor previously transferred the
contracts in connection with a warehouse receivables securitization facility.

     (1) the information with respect to the contracts is true and correct in
         all material respects;

     (2) immediately prior to the transfer of a contract, the contract was owned
         by the transfering party free and clear of any adverse claim except for
         permitted claims;

     (3) the contract is not a defaulted or delinquent contract;

     (4) no provisions of the contract has been waived, altered or modified in
         any material respect, except by instruments or documents contained in
         the files relating to the contract;

     (5) the contract is a valid and binding payment obligation of the obligor
         and its terms are enforceable, except the enforcement may be limited by
         insolvency, bankruptcy, moratorium, reorganization, or other similar
         laws affecting enforceability of creditors' rights and the availability
         of equitable remedies;

     (6) the contract is not and will not be subject to rights of rescission,
         setoff, counterclaim or defense;

                                       48

<PAGE>
     (7) the contract, at the time it was made, did not violate the laws of the
         United States or any state in any material respect;

     (8) (a) the contract and any related equipment have not been sold,
             transferred, assigned or pledged by the originator to any person
             other than the end-user, the seller, the depositor or any related
             financing trust; and

         (b) either

              (i) the contract is secured by a perfected lien, subject to
                  permitted liens and subject to minimum filing value
                  exceptions, on the related equipment or, in the case of any
                  vendor loan, related end-user contract or equipment or

             (ii) in the case of a contract secured by a vehicle, within 90
                  calendar days of the origination or a acquisition of the
                  contract by the originator all required state registration or
                  recording procedures were initiated, and the originator's
                  interest will be so noted or recorded within 180 days of the
                  acquisition or origination;

     (9) if the contract constitutes either an 'instrument' or 'chattel paper'
         for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code, there is not more than one
         'secured party's original' counterpart of the contract;

    (10) all filings necessary to evidence the conveyance or transfer of the
         contract to the depositor have been made or provided for in all
         appropriate jurisdictions, except that the parties have not made
         filings to note the seller, the depositor or the trust as an assignee
         of the interests of originators other than the seller, and except that
         only filings in the State of New Jersey have been made or provided for
         in favor of the owner trust describing security interests in equipment;

    (11) the obligor is not, to the seller's knowledge, subject to bankruptcy or
         other insolvency proceedings;

    (12) the contract is a U.S. dollar-denominated obligation and the obligor's
         billing address is located in the United States or Puerto Rico;

    (13) the contract does not require the prior written notifications to a
         consent of an obligor or contain any other restriction on the transfer
         or assignment of the contract other than notifications that will have
         been given and consents or waivers of restrictions that will have been
         obtained within ten days after the date of the contract was sold to the
         trust;

    (14) the obligations of the related obligor under the contract are
         irrevocable and unconditional and non-cancelable or, if not irrevocable
         and unconditional, are guaranteed by the vendor; or in the case of
         leases with governments, upon a cancellation of the lease, either the
         vendor is obligated to repurchase the lease or the seller will
         indemnify the trust depositor in respect of the cancellation;

    (15) no adverse selection procedure was used in selecting the contract for
         transfer;

    (16) the obligor under the contract is required to maintain casualty
         insurance with respect to the related equipment or to self-insure
         against casualty with

                                       49

<PAGE>
         respect to the related equipment in an amount that is consistent with
         the servicer's normal servicing requirements;

    (17) the contract constitutes chattel paper, an account, an instrument or a
         general intangible as defined under the Uniform Commercial Code;

    (18) no lease is a 'consumer lease' as defined in Section 2A-103(1)(e) of
         the Uniform Commercial Code;

    (19) to the best knowledge of the relevant originator each lessee has
         accepted the related equipment and has had a reasonable opportunity to
         inspect the equipment;

    (20) except as provided in (14) above, the contract is not guaranteed by any
         originator nor has the originator established any specific credit
         reserve with respect to the related obligor;

    (21) each lease is a 'triple net lease' under which the obligor is
         responsible for the maintenance of the related equipment in a manner
         that conforms with general industry standards;

    (22) each vendor loan is secured by an eligible end-user contract(s) having
         an aggregate contract principal balance(s) equal to the outstanding
         principal amount of the vendor loan. In this context, an eligible
         end-user contract is one that

              satisfies all of these representations and warranties except
              number (2) above and number (8) above, in respect of ownership by
              the applicable originator;

              in which the relevant originator or financing trust has a
              perfected lien; and

              in which the transfer of the relevant originator's or financing
              trust's security interest in the contract to the owner trust
              creates a duly perfected lien;

    (23) the obligor is not the United States of America or any agency,
         department, subdivision or instrumentality of the United States of
         America;

    (24) the contract contains customary provisions for this type of financing,
         and the provisions are sufficient and enforceable, except as listed as
         noted in (5) above, to enable the relevant originator or its assignees
         to realize against the financed items securing the contract; and

    (25) if the obligor is a state or local government entity, the transfer of
         the contract does not violate any applicable state or local laws
         restricting or prohibiting transfer.

    The owner trust may modify the above representations and warranties and will
describe any modification in the relevant prospectus supplement.

    In the event of a breach of any representation or warranty with respect to a
contract that materially and adversely affects the owner trust's or any
noteholder's or equity certificateholder's interest in the contract or the
collectibility of the contract, the owner trust will have a warranty claim
against the seller. The seller will then be obligated to repurchase the
contract. However, the seller need not do so if the seller cures the breach by
the second deposit date after the date on which the servicer

                                       50

<PAGE>
becomes aware and gives notice to the seller of the breach. Any purchase shall
be made on the deposit date immediately following the end of the second
collection period at a price equal to the required payoff amount of the
contract. The purchase price will be allocated to the related owner trust plus,
if applicable, the book value of the related equipment which will be allocated
to the depositor. The related indenture trustee may enforce this purchase
obligation on your behalf, and will constitute your sole remedy available
against the seller the depositor, the trust or the originators for any uncured
breach, except that the seller will indemnify

        the related indenture trustee,

        the related owner trustee,

        the related owner trust and

        you

against losses, damages, liabilities and claims which may be asserted against
any of them as a result of third-party claims arising out of the facts giving
rise to that breach. The seller may, in lieu of repurchasing the contract, cause
the depositor to deliver a substitute contract as provided in the next-following
section of this prospectus.

    Upon the purchase by the seller of a contract, the depositor will release
the contract and related equipment to the seller.

SUBSTITUTION OF CONTRACTS

    The depositor will have the option to substitute one or more contracts
having similar characteristics for contracts which are in default or have been
prepaid or which have undergone material modification. In addition, in the case
of a contract subject to a warranty claim, as described in ' -- Representations
and Warranties Made by the Seller' above, the seller may choose to replace the
contract with a substitute contract.

    Some contracts may permit the obligor to prepay the amounts due under the
contract or otherwise to terminate the contract prior to its scheduled
expiration date. The depositor may replace any prepaid contract with a
substitute contract in lieu of applying the proceeds of the prepaid contract to
the pledged revenues as described in this section.

    Material modification of a contract means a termination, release, amendment,
modification or waiver of a contract that is not otherwise permitted under the
pooling and servicing agreement. The depositor may provide substitute contracts
for any that have been so materially modified. The depositor may also replace
any defaulted contract with a substitute contract. The aggregate contract
principal balances of the defaulted contracts for which the depositor may cause
substitution is limited to 10% of the cut-off contract pool principal balance.
The depositor may replace a prepaid contract with a substitute contract and the
seller may choose to replace contracts subject to a warranty claim or a material
modification with substitute contracts, in either case without regard to the 10%
limitation described above.

    The same credit criteria and eligibility standards for the contracts in the
contract pool on the closing date will also apply to substitute contracts added
to the assets of the owner trust. The servicer will include information with
respect to these substitute contracts, to the extent the servicer deems them
material, in required periodic reports

                                       51

<PAGE>
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on behalf of the owner trust. The substitute contracts will have
contract principal balances equal to or greater than the contracts being
replaced. The representations and warranties the seller makes with respect to
the contracts in ' -- Representations and Warranties Made by the Seller' above
will be equally applicable to substitute contracts.

DELINQUENCY AND NET LOSS EXPERIENCE

    Your prospectus supplement will set forth statistics relating to the
delinquency and net loss experience on contracts within the originators' owned
and managed portfolios of receivables similar to the contracts in a contract
pool.

                     DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES AND INDENTURE

GENERAL

    The issuance of each series of notes will be under an indenture, a form of
which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. In addition, a copy
of the indenture for a series of notes will be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission following the issuance of each series. The following summary
describes certain material terms which may be common to each indenture and the
related notes, but does not purport to be complete and is subject to all of the
provisions of the indenture, the related notes and the description set forth in
your prospectus supplement.

    The notes of each series will be issued in fully registered form only and
will represent the obligations of a separate owner trust.

    Payments on the notes will be made by the indenture trustee on each payment
date to persons in whose names the notes are registered as of the related record
date. Unless otherwise specified in your prospectus supplement, the payment date
for the notes will be the 20th day of each month, or if the 20th is not a
business day, the next succeeding business day. For so long as the notes are in
book-entry form, the record date for any payment date will be the business day
immediately preceding the payment date. If the owner trust issues certificated
notes, the record date will be the last business day of the month immediately
preceding the payment date.

    A business day is any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on
which commercial banks in New York City are open for regular business.

DISTRIBUTIONS

    Your prospectus supplement will describe as to your series of notes

        the timing and priority of distributions,

        the amount or method of determining distributions,

        allocations of loss and

        the interest rates.

                                       52

<PAGE>
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

    As further specified in the your prospectus supplement, a

        cash collateral account,

        a financial guaranty insurance policy,

        subordination of one or more classes of notes,

        overcollateralizations,

        letters of credit or liquidity facilities,

        repurchase obligations,

        third party payments or other support,

        cash deposits,

        reserve fund or

        other form of credit enhancement which may become suitable in light of
        credit enhancement practices or developments in the future

may be established on or prior to the date the contracts are transferred. The
credit enhancement would be available to the related indenture trustee to pay
interest and principal on the notes in the manner and to the extent specified in
your prospectus supplement.

LIQUIDATION AND INSURANCE PROCEEDS

    The allocation of liquidation proceeds which will consist generally of all
amounts the servicer receives in connection with the liquidation of a contract
and disposition of the related equipment, net of any related out-of-pocket
liquidation expenses, and the allocation of insurance proceeds for physical
damage to or loss of equipment covered by contracts, will be as follows:

        with respect to any contract subject to financing, the proceeds will be
        allocated to the owner trust; and

        with respect to any contract subject to a lease, the proceeds will,
        unless otherwise specified in your prospectus supplement, be allocated
        on a pro rata basis between the depositor, on the one hand, and the
        owner trust, on the other, based respectively on

             (a) the book value of the related equipment and

             (b) the required payoff amount for the contract.

             However, if the proceeds in respect of any contract subject to a
             lease and the related equipment exceed the sum of the required
             payoff amount for the contract and the book value of the equipment,
             the excess shall be allocated solely to the depositor.

For example, if the servicer, in connection with a defaulted contract subject to
a lease, derived liquidation proceeds in the amount of $100 from the liquidation
of the contract and disposition of the related equipment, and if the required
payoff amount of the contract was, as of the collection period during which the
contract became a liquidated contract, $120 and the book value of the equipment
was $30, the liquidation proceeds would be allocated to the owner trust in the
amount of $80 and to the

                                       53

<PAGE>
depositor in the amount of $20. All liquidation proceeds which are so allocable
to the owner trust will be deposited in a collection account and constitute
pledged revenues to be applied to the payment of interest and principal on the
notes in accordance with the priorities described under ' -- Distributions'
above.

OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF CONTRACTS AND REDEMPTION OF NOTES

    The seller may purchase all of the contracts owned by an owner trust on any
payment date following the date on which the unpaid principal balance of the
related notes is less than 10% of the initial contract pool principal balance.
Except as otherwise described in the prospectus supplement for your notes, the
purchase price to be paid in connection with the purchase shall be at least
equal to the sum of

        the unpaid principal balance of the related notes as of that payment
        date,

        accrued but unpaid interest,

        unreimbursed servicer advances, and

        accrued but unpaid servicer fees.

If the seller does purchase the contracts, the related notes shall be redeemed
on the payment date on which the purchase occurs. The redemption price will be
the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to but
excluding the redemption date.

TRUST ACCOUNTS

    Except as otherwise specified in your prospectus supplement, the applicable
indenture trustee will establish and maintain under each indenture segregated
trust accounts which need not be deposit accounts, but which must be with a
qualified institution. These accounts will include, among others, the
'Collection Account' and the 'Distribution Account.' The accounts may, as
described in the prospectus supplement for your notes, also include a cash
collateral or reserve fund account as credit enhancement. All of these accounts
are referred to collectively as the 'Trust Accounts.'

    'Qualified institution' means the corporate trust department of the
indenture trustee or any other depository institution

        organized under the laws of the United States or any state or any
        domestic branch of a foreign bank,

        the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
        Corporation and

        which has, or whose parent corporation has, short-term or long-term debt
        ratings acceptable to Moody's Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor's
        Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Duff
        & Phelps Credit Rating Co.

    The servicer, as agent for the indenture trustee of any series, may
designate, or otherwise arrange for the purchase by the indenture trustee of,
investments to be made with funds in the trust accounts. All investments shall
be eligible investments as defined in the related indenture that will mature not
later than the business day

                                       54

<PAGE>
preceding the applicable monthly payment date or any other date approved by the
rating agencies. Eligible investments include, among other investments:

        obligations of the United States or of any agency thereof backed by the
        full faith and credit of the United States;

        demand deposits, certificates of deposit, time deposits demand notes or
        bankers acceptance of eligible financial institutions;

        highly rated commercial paper or money market funds;

        repurchase agreements in respect of United States government securities
        or securities guaranteed or otherwise backed by the full faith and
        credit of the United States Government with eligible institutions; and

        other investments which have been approved by each rating agency.

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

    With respect to each series of notes, the servicer will furnish to the
applicable indenture trustee, and the indenture trustee will include with each
distribution to you, a statement, as specified in your prospectus supplement, in
respect of the related payment date.

    If you purchase a note, you may receive these reports by making a written
request to The Depository Trust Company. These reports do not constitute
financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. Neither the depositor nor the servicer intends to send any of their
respective financial reports to owners of notes. The servicer, on behalf of an
owner trust, will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission legally
required periodic reports concerning the owner trust.

    With respect to any series, the notes will be registered in the name of a
nominee of The Depository Trust Company and will not be registered in the names
of the beneficial owners or their nominees. As a result, unless and until
definitive notes are issued in the limited circumstances described under
' -- Issuance of Certificated Notes at a Later Date' below, the indenture
trustee will not recognize you as a noteholder, as that term is used in the
related indenture. Hence, until that time, you will receive reports and other
information provided for under the related indenture only if, when and to the
extent The Depository Trust Company and its participating organizations provide
this information. The servicer will file a copy of each report with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 8-K to the extent the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission thereunder require it.

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

    Unless your prospectus supplement states otherwise, you may hold your notes
through The Depository Trust Company, referred to as 'DTC,' in the United
States, or Cedel Bank or Euroclear System in Europe, if you are a participant of
those systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in
those systems.

    DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State
of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a 'clearing corporation'
within

                                       55

<PAGE>
the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a 'clearing agency'
registered under to Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold
securities for its direct participants and to facilitate the clearance and
settlement of securities transactions between its direct participants through
electronic book-entries, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates. DTC's direct participants include

        the underwriters offering the notes to you,

        securities brokers and dealers,

        banks,

        trust companies and

        clearing corporations, and may include other organizations.

Indirect access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks,
brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a direct participant, either directly or indirectly.

    To facilitate subsequent transfers, DTC will register all deposited notes in
the name of DTC's nominee, Cede & Co. You will maintain beneficial ownership of
the notes despite the deposit of notes with DTC and their registration in the
name of Cede. DTC has no knowledge of the actual noteholders; DTC's records
reflect only the identity of its direct participants to whose accounts the notes
are credited, which may or may not be the noteholders. DTC's direct and indirect
participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on
behalf of their customers.

    You have no entitlement to receive a certificate representing your interest
in a class of notes. As long as the notes are registered in the name of Cede &
Co., any action to be taken by you or any other noteholders will be taken by DTC
upon instructions from DTC's participants. All distributions, notices, reports
and statements to noteholders will be delivered to Cede, as the registered
holder of the notes, for distribution to noteholders in compliance with DTC
procedures.

    You will receive all payments of principal and interest on the notes through
direct participants or indirect participants. DTC will forward the payments to
its direct participants which will forward them to indirect participants or
noteholders. Under a book-entry format, you may experience some delay in their
receipt of payments, since payments will be forwarded to Cede as nominee of DTC.
The indenture trustee will not recognize you as a noteholder, as that term is
used in the indenture. You may exercise the rights of noteholders only
indirectly through DTC and its direct participants and indirect participants.
Because DTC can act only on behalf of direct participants, who in turn act on
behalf of indirect participants, and on behalf of banks, trust companies and
other persons approved by it, there may be limits on your ability to pledge the
notes to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC system, or to
otherwise act with respect to notes, due to the absence of physical notes for
the notes.

    Arrangements among the various parties govern conveyance of notices and
other communications by

        DTC to direct participants,

        by direct participants to indirect participants and

                                       56

<PAGE>
        by direct participants and indirect participants to noteholders, subject
        to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from
        time to time.

Standing instructions and customary practices govern payments by DTC
participants to noteholders, as is the case with securities held for the
accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in 'street name' and will be
the responsibility of the DTC participant and not of DTC, the indenture trustee,
the owner trustee, the originators or the originator, subject to any statutory
or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of
principal and interest to DTC is the responsibility of the indenture trustee,
disbursement of the payments to direct participants shall be the responsibility
of DTC and disbursement of payments to noteholders shall be the responsibility
of direct participants and indirect participants.

    Purchases of notes under the DTC system must be made by or through direct
participants, which will receive a credit for the notes on DTC's records. The
ownership interest of each actual noteholder is in turn to be recorded on the
direct participants' and indirect participants' records. Noteholders will not
receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchase, but noteholders are
expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transaction,
as well as periodic statements of their holders, from the direct participant or
indirect participant through which the noteholder entered into the transaction.
Entries made on the books of DTC's participants acting on behalf of noteholders
evidence transfers of ownership interests in the notes.

    DTC will not comment or vote with respect to the notes. DTC has advised that
it will take any action permitted to be taken by a noteholder under the
indenture only at the direction of one or more direct participants to whose
accounts with DTC the notes are credited. Additionally, DTC has advised that to
the extent that the indenture requires that any action may be taken only by
noteholders representing a specified percentage of the aggregate outstanding
principal amount of the notes, DTC will take the action only at the direction of
and on behalf of direct participants, whose holdings include undivided interests
that satisfy the specified percentage.

    DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depositary with
respect to the notes at any time by giving reasonable notice to the indenture
trustee. Under these circumstances, in the event that a successor securities
depositary is not obtained, fully registered, certificated notes are required to
be printed and delivered. The originator may decide to discontinue use of the
system of book-entry transfers through DTC or a successor securities depositary.
In that event, fully registered, certificated notes will be delivered to
noteholders. See ' -- Issuance of Definitive Notes at a Later Date.'

    The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry system
are from sources that the depositor believes to be reliable, but neither the
depositor nor the owner trustee take any responsibility for the accuracy of this
information.

    Cedel and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the
participants in the Cedel and Euroclear systems, respectively, through
customers' securities accounts in Cedel's and Euroclear's names on the books of
their respective depositaries which in

                                       57

<PAGE>
turn will hold these positions in customers' securities accounts in the
depositaries' names on the books of DTC.

    Cedel is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depositary. Cedel holds securities for its participants and facilitates the
clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants
through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates.

    Indirect access to Cedel is also available to others, such as banks,
brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Cedel participant, either directly or indirectly.

    Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of
Euroclear and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear's participants
through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates and any risk from
lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. The Brussels, Belgium
office of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York operates Euroclear, under
contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative
corporation. Euroclear's operator conducts all operations and all Euroclear
securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with
Euroclear's operator. Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C. establishes policy for
Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear's participants, including banks, securities
brokers and dealers, and other professional financial intermediaries.

    Indirect access to Euroclear is also available to other firms that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear participant,
either directly or indirectly.

    Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York is the Belgian branch of a New
York banking corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.
As such, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the New York
Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking Commission, regulates and
examines it.

    Euroclear holds all securities on a fungible basis without attribution of
specific certificates to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear
operator acts under the Euroclear Terms and Conditions only on behalf of
Euroclear's participants, and has no record of or relationship with persons
holding through Euroclear's participants.

    Transfers between direct participants will comply with DTC rules. Transfers
between Cedel's participants and Euroclear's participants will comply with their
rules and operating procedures.

    DTC will effect, under DTC rules, cross-market transfers between persons
holding directly or indirectly through DTC in the United States, on the one
hand, and directly or indirectly through Cedel or Euroclear, on the other,
through the relevant European international clearing system through its
Depositary; however, these cross-market transactions will require delivery of
instructions to the relevant European international clearing system by the
counterparty in this system as required by its rules and procedures and within
its established deadlines, European time. The relevant European international
clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements,
deliver instructions to its depositary to take action to effect final

                                       58

<PAGE>
settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and
making or receiving payment using its normal procedures for same-day funds
settlement applicable to DTC. Cedel participants and Euroclear participants may
not deliver instructions directly to the depositaries.

    Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in Cedel or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC participant will be made
during the subsequent securities settlement processing day, dated the business
day following the DTC settlement date, and the credits or any transactions in
the securities settled during the processing day will be reported to the
relevant Cedel participant or Euroclear participant on that business day. Cash
received in Cedel or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through
a Cedel participant or a Euroclear participant to a DTC participant will be
received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the
relevant Cedel or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following
settlement in DTC.

    Although DTC, Cedel and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures in
order to facilitate transfers of notes among participants of DTC, Cedel and
Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform these
procedures and these procedures may be discontinued at any time.

    Except as required by law, none of the seller, any originator, the owner
trustee, the depositor or the indenture trustee will have any liability for any
aspect of the records relating to, actions taken or implemented by, or payments
made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the notes held through
DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records or actions
relating to beneficial ownership interests.

ISSUANCE OF CERTIFICATED NOTES AT A LATER DATE

    The owner trust will issue notes in fully registered, certificated form to
beneficial owners or their nominees rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if:

       (1) the owner trustee advises the indenture trustee in writing that DTC
    is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as
    depository with respect to the notes, and the owner trustee or the indenture
    trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor,

       (2) the owner trustee elects to terminate the book-entry system, or

       (3) after the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture, the
    holder of at least 66 2/3% of the principal amount of its outstanding notes
    advises the indenture trustee that the continuation of the book-entry system
    is met in their best interests.

    Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the indenture trustee must notify all beneficial owners for
each class of notes held through DTC of the availability of notes in fully
registered, certificated form. Upon surrender by DTC of the global note
representing the notes and instructions for reregistration, the indenture
trustee will issue these fully registered, certificated notes, and the indenture
trustee will recognize the holders of fully registered, certificated notes as
noteholders under the indenture.

                                       59

<PAGE>
    Additionally, upon the occurrence of any event described above, the
indenture trustee will distribute principal of and interest on the notes
directly to you as required by the indenture. Distributions will be made by
check, mailed to your address as it appears on the note register. Upon at least
five days' notice to noteholders for the class, however, the indenture trustee
will make the final payment on any note only upon presentation and surrender of
the note at the office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution
to noteholders. The indenture trustee will make the final payment in this manner
whether the notes are fully registered, certificated notes or the note for the
class registered in the name of Cede & Co. representing the notes of the class.

    You may transfer any fully registered, certificated notes of any class at
the offices of the indenture trustee or its agent in New York, New York, which
the indenture trustee shall designate on or prior to the issuance of any fully
registered, certificated notes with respect to that class. There is no service
charge for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the indenture trustee
may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge imposed in connection with the transfer or exchange.

MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITHOUT NOTEHOLDER CONSENT

    Unless your prospectus supplement states otherwise, the owner trust and the
indenture trustee for a note series may, without your consent, enter into one or
more supplemental indentures for any of the following purposes:

        to change the collateral description;

        to provide for a successor to the owner trust to assume the notes and
        the indenture obligations;

        to add additional covenants for your benefit, or to surrender any rights
        or power of the owner trust;

        to transfer or pledge any property to the indenture trustee;

        if not adverse to the interests of noteholders, to correct or supplement
        any provision in the indenture that is ambiguous or inconsistent with
        any other provision of the indenture or to make any other provision in
        respect of matters under the indenture;

        to accept a successor indenture trustee or to change the provisions of
        the indenture to facilitate the administration by more than one trustee;

        to comply with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended; or

        to elect to come under the FASIT provision of the Internal Revenue Code,
        if the owner trust provides an opinion of counsel as to no adverse
        impact on noteholders.

MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITH NOTEHOLDER CONSENT

    Unless your prospectus supplement states otherwise, with the consent of the
required majority of the noteholders determined as described in the prospectus
supplement for your notes, prior notice to each rating agency and an opinion of

                                       60

<PAGE>
counsel, the owner trustee and the indenture trustee may modify the indenture
and your rights under it.

    Without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note affected,
however, no modification of the indenture may:

        reduce the note principal amount, interest rate or redemption price or
        change the timing of payments;

        modify the manner of application of payments in respect to contracts to
        the notes;

        impair your right to sue to enforce payment provisions of the indenture;

        reduce the percentage needed for consents of noteholders;

        permit the creation of any lien on collateral under the indenture
        ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of the indenture;

        adversely affect the manner of determining notes outstanding or the
        requisite note for liquidating the trust estate; or

        modify the provisions of the indenture relating to these types of
        indenture modification without the consent of all noteholders.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT

    Except as otherwise provided in the prospectus supplement for your notes,
events of default under each indenture will consist of:

        a default for five calendar days or more in the payment of interest due
        on any note;

        failure to pay the unpaid principal amount of any class of notes on the
        maturity date for the notes;

        failure of the owner trust or the depositor to observe any provisions
        set forth in the pooling and servicing agreement or the indenture, which
        failure has a material adverse effect on the noteholders and continues
        for 60 calendar days after written notice;

        any representation or warranty made by the owner trust or the depositor
        in the pooling and servicing agreement or indenture was incorrect as of
        the time made, and continues to be incorrect for a period of 60 calendar
        days after notice is given and as a result of which the noteholders are
        materially and adversely affected. A breach of a representation or
        warranty as to a contract will be considered not to have occurred if the
        seller purchases the contract or effects a substitution for it, as
        provided in 'The Contracts -- Representations and Warranties Made by the
        Seller' and ' -- Substitution of Contracts' above;

        events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the
        owner trust or the depositor; or

        the owner trust becomes an investment company.

    If an event of default should occur and be continuing with respect to the
notes of a series, the required holders may, except as to a bankruptcy or
insolvency event of default, deem the event not to have occurred.

                                       61

<PAGE>
    If the indenture trustee declares the notes of a series due and payable
following an event of default, the applicable indenture trustee may:

        institute proceedings to collect amounts due or foreclose on the
        indenture collateral,

        exercise remedies as a secured party, or

        sell the indenture collateral, or elect to have the owner trust maintain
        possession of the pledged revenues.

    The indenture trustee, however, may not sell the indenture collateral
following an event of default, except an event arising from the owner trust's
failure to pay interest or principal, unless:

        the holders of all the outstanding notes consent to the sale;

        the proceeds of the sale distributable to holders of the notes are
        sufficient to pay in full the principal and accrued interest on all the
        outstanding notes at the date of the sale; or

        the indenture trustee determines, in complete reliance on investment
        banking or accounting firm certifications, that the trust estate would
        not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to make all payments on the notes
        as the payments would have become due if the obligations had not been
        declared due and payable, and the indenture trustee obtains the consent
        of the required holders.

Following a declaration upon an event of default that the notes are immediately
due and payable, the application of any proceeds of liquidation of the pledged
revenues will be in the order of priority described in the prospectus supplement
for your class of notes.

    If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the indenture trustee will
be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the
indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the notes, if the
indenture trustee reasonably believes it will not be adequately indemnified
against the costs, expenses and liabilities which it may incur in complying with
that request. A majority of the noteholders will have the right to direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding or any remedy available to
the indenture trustee. Additionally, a majority of the noteholders may, in some
cases, waive any default, except a default in the payment of principal or
interest or a default in respect of a covenant or provision of the indenture
that cannot be modified without the waiver or consent of all of the holders of
the outstanding notes.

    No holder of a note will have the right to institute any proceeding with
respect to the indenture, unless:

        the holder previously has given to the indenture trustee written notice
        of a continuing event of default;

        the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding
        notes make written request of the indenture trustee to institute the
        proceeding in its own name as indenture trustee;

        the holder or holders offer the indenture trustee reasonable indemnity;

        the indenture trustee has for 60 days failed to institute the
        proceeding; and

                                       62

<PAGE>
        no direction inconsistent with that written request has been given to
        the indenture trustee during the 60-day period by the holders of a
        majority in principal amount of the outstanding notes.

    In addition, the indenture trustee and you, by accepting the notes, will
covenant that they will not at any time institute against the seller, the
depositor or the owner trust any bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceeding
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.

    Neither the indenture trustee nor the owner trustee in its individual
capacity, nor the seller, the depositor, nor any of their respective owners,
beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, successors or
assigns will be personally liable for the payment of the notes or for any
agreement or covenant of the owner trust contained in the indenture.

OWNER TRUST COVENANTS

    Each indenture will provide that the related owner trust may not consolidate
with or merge into any other entity, unless:

        the entity formed by or surviving the consolidation or merger is
        organized under the laws of the United States or any state;

        the entity expressly assumes the owner trust's obligation to make due
        and punctual payments upon the notes and the performance or observance
        of every agreement and covenant of the owner trust under the indenture;

        no event of default shall have occurred and be continuing immediately
        after the merger or consolidation;

        the rating agencies advise the owner trustee that the rating of the
        notes then in effect would not be reduced or withdrawn as a result of
        the merger or consolidation;

        the owner trustee has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that
        the consolidation or merger would have no material adverse tax
        consequence to the owner trust or to any noteholder or equity
        certificate holder; and

        the owner trust or the person, if other than the owner trust, formed by
        or surviving the consolidation or merger has a net worth, immediately
        after the consolidation or merger, that is (a) greater than zero and (b)
        not less than the net worth of the owner trust immediately prior to
        giving effect to the consolidation or merger.

    Each owner trust will not, among other things:

        except as expressly permitted by the related indenture or trust
        agreement, transfer any of the assets of the owner trust;

        claim any credit on or make any deduction from, the principal and
        interest payable in respect of the related notes, other than amounts
        withheld under the bankruptcy code or applicable state law, or assert
        any claim against any present or former holder of notes because of the
        payment of taxes levied or assessed upon the owner trust;

        dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part;

        permit the validity or effectiveness of the indenture to be impaired or
        permit the release of any person from any covenants or obligations
        relating

                                       63

<PAGE>
        to the notes under the indenture except as expressly permitted in the
        indenture; or

        except as expressly permitted in the indenture, the pooling and
        servicing agreement or the trust agreement, permit any lien or claim to
        burden any assets of the owner trust.

    No owner trust may engage in any activity other than as specified above
under 'The Owner Trusts.' Each owner trust will not incur, assume or guarantee
any indebtedness other than indebtedness incurred under the related notes and
the related indenture or otherwise in accordance with the related indenture,
trust agreement and pooling and servicing agreement.

ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT

    Each owner trust will be required to file annually with the applicable
indenture trustee a written statement as to the fulfillment of its obligations
under the indenture.

INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT

    Each indenture trustee will be required to mail each year to all noteholders
of the related series a brief report relating to:

        its eligibility and qualification to continue as indenture trustee under
        the related indenture,

        any amounts advanced by it under the indenture,

        the amount, interest rate and maturity date of certain indebtedness
        owing by the owner trust to the indenture trustee in its individual
        capacity,

        the property and funds physically held by the indenture trustee and

        any action taken by it that materially affects the notes and that has
        not been previously reported.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

    The discharge of an indenture will occur with respect to the collateral
securing the notes of a series upon the delivery to the related indenture
trustee for cancellation of all the notes or, with certain limitations, upon
deposit with the indenture trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full
of all of the notes.

THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

    The indenture trustee for any series will be specified in your prospectus
supplement. An indenture trustee may resign at any time, in which event the
depositor will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee. The owner trust may
also remove an indenture trustee

        if the indenture trustee ceases to be eligible to continue to serve
        under the indenture,

        if the indenture trustee becomes subject to bankruptcy proceedings, or

        if the indenture trustee becomes incapable of acting.

In these circumstances, the owner trust will be obligated to appoint a successor
trustee. Any resignation or removal of an indenture trustee and appointment of a
successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the appointment
by a successor trustee.

                                       64

<PAGE>
              DESCRIPTION OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS

    The following summarizes the material terms of each pooling and servicing
agreement, a form of which was filed with the registration statement of which
this prospectus is a part. In addition, a copy of the pooling and servicing
agreement relating to a series of notes will be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission following the sale of those notes. This summary describes
terms expected to be common to each pooling and servicing agreement, but the
depositor does not intend this summary to be complete. This summary is subject
to the provisions of the pooling and servicing agreement relating to a
particular series and the description set forth in your prospectus supplement.
You should read the form of the pooling and servicing agreement filed as noted
above.

TRANSFER OF CONTRACTS AND EQUIPMENT

    Newcourt Financial USA Inc., a subsidiary of Newcourt Credit Group Inc.,
will be the seller of contracts to the depositor for deposit into the owner
trust. The seller will originate contracts and acquire contracts originated by
other subsidiaries of Newcourt Credit Group Inc. Prior to the offering of a
series of notes, the seller may have sold contracts to the depositor for deposit
into a trust used in connection with temporary financing arrangements. The
depositor may reacquire some or all of these contracts for deposit into the
owner trust in connection with the offering and sale of a particular series of
notes. On or before the applicable closing date, the seller will transfer to the
depositor under one or more purchase agreements all of its interest in the
following:

        the contracts and the related equipment,

        the right to receive all scheduled payments and prepayments received on
        the contracts on or after the date of transfer, but excluding any
        scheduled payments due on or after, but received prior to, the transfer
        date,

        all rights under insurance policies maintained on the equipment under
        the contracts,

        all documents contained in the files and

        all proceeds derived from any of the above.

    Under the pooling and servicing agreement, on the applicable closing date,
the depositor will transfer to the owner trust:

        all of its rights in the contracts and rights in the equipment and other
        rights listed above, except that in the case of leased equipment, the
        depositor will retain ownership of the equipment, any rights to payments
        made or attributable to the leased equipment upon expiration of the
        related lease contract, of contract prepayments and liquidation proceeds
        allocable to the depositor under the pooling and servicing agreement and
        of any portion of the purchase amount attributable to the book value of
        the leased equipment, other than any guaranteed residual investment;

        all funds on deposit from time to time in the trust accounts; and

        all its rights under the purchase and sale agreement.

                                       65

<PAGE>
    Each pooling and servicing agreement will designate the servicer as
custodian to maintain possession, as the owner trust's agent, of the contracts
and all related documents. To facilitate servicing and save administrative
costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from other similar
documents that are in the servicer's possession. Financing statements will be
filed on the transfer date in the applicable jurisdictions reflecting:

     the transfer of the contracts and the equipment by the originators, other
     than the seller, to the seller,

     the transfer of the contracts and the equipment by the seller to the
     depositor and, as applicable by any temporary financing trust to the
     depositor,

     the transfer by the depositor to the owner trust, and

     the pledge by the owner trust to the indenture trustee.

    The originators' accounting records and computer systems will also reflect
these assignments and this pledge.

COLLECTIONS ON CONTRACTS

    The applicable indenture trustee will maintain a collection account, into
which the servicer will deposit the following amounts no later than the second
business day after their processing:

     all scheduled payments made under the contracts;

     all prepayments, excluding any portion which your prospectus supplement
     states is allocable to the depositor;

     amounts constituting liquidation proceeds on liquidated contracts, to the
     extent specified in your prospectus supplement;

     all payments made by the seller under the pooling and servicing agreement
     to repurchase any contract as a result of a breach of a representation or
     warranty, as described under 'The Contracts -- Representations and
     Warranties Made by the Seller,' excluding, in the case of a lease contract,
     any portion which your prospectus supplement states is allocable to the
     depositor; and

     the amount paid by the depositor to purchase the contracts, as described
     under 'Description of the Notes and Indenture.'

    So long as no event of termination shall have occurred and be continuing
with respect to the servicer, the servicer may make the required remittances to
the collection account net of its servicing fees.

    The servicer may withdraw from the collection account any amounts deposited
in error or required to be repaid to an obligor, based on the servicer's
good-faith determination that the amount was deposited in error or must be
returned to the obligor.

    The servicer will pay to the depositor all proceeds from the disposition of
equipment subject to a true lease, to the extent allocable to the depositor.

                                       66

<PAGE>
SERVICING

    Your prospectus supplement will identify the servicer for your trust. The
servicer will be obligated under each pooling and servicing agreement to service
the contracts with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and attention
that the servicer generally exercises with respect to all comparable contracts
and related assets that it services for itself or others in accordance with its
credit and collections policy and applicable law. In performing these duties, it
shall comply in all material respects with its credit and collection policies
and procedures described under 'The Originators -- Underwriting and Servicing,'
as modified from time to time. The servicer may delegate servicing
responsibilities to third parties or affiliates, provided that the servicer will
remain obligated to the related owner trust and the depositor for the proper
performance of the servicing responsibilities.

    The servicer is obligated to act in a commercially reasonable manner with
respect to the repossession and disposition of equipment following a contract
default with a view to realizing proceeds at least equal to the equipment's fair
market value. The servicer may choose to dispose of equipment through a new
lease or in some other manner which provides for payment for the equipment over
time. In these cases, the servicer will be required to pay from its own funds an
amount which, in its reasonable judgment, is equal to the fair market value of
the equipment, less liquidation expenses, and the servicer will be entitled to
all subsequent payments in respect of the equipment. Any amounts the servicer
pays will constitute additional liquidation proceeds with respect to the related
contract and equipment and will be allocated as described under 'Description of
the Notes and Indenture -- Liquidation and Insurance Proceeds.'

    The servicer is responsible for:

        reviewing and certifying that the contract files are complete;

        monitoring and tracking any property and sales taxes to be paid by
        obligors;

        billing, collecting, and recording payments from obligors;

        communicating with and providing billing records to obligors;

        deposit of funds into the collection account;

        receiving payments as the owner trust's agent on the insurance policies
        maintained by the obligors and communicating with insurers;

        issuance of reports to the indenture trustee specified in the indenture
        and in the pooling and servicing agreement;

        repossession and remarketing of equipment following obligor defaults;
        and

        paying the fees and ordinary expenses of the indenture trustee and the
        owner trustee.

    The servicer shall be entitled to recover all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by it in liquidating a contract and disposing of the related
equipment. The servicer is entitled to retain, from liquidation proceeds, a
reserve for out-of-pocket liquidation expenses in an amount equal to the
expenses, in addition to those previously incurred, as it reasonably estimates
will be incurred. The servicer is

                                       67

<PAGE>
permitted to grant payment extensions on a contract in accordance with its
credit and collection policies and procedures if the servicer believes in good
faith that an extension is necessary to avoid a termination and liquidation of
the contract and will maximize the amount to be received by the owner trust
under the contract. The servicer is permitted to agree to modifications or
amendments to a contract in accordance with its credit and collection policies
and procedures.

    PREPAYMENTS

    The servicer may allow a prepayment of any lease contract, but only if the
amount paid or, in the case of a partial prepayment, the sum of its prepayment
and the remaining contract principal balance, is at least equal to the required
payoff amount of the contract.

    EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE

    Annually, the servicer must deliver to the indenture trustee a report from a
nationally recognized accounting firm stating that the accounting firm has
audited the financial statements of the servicer or its parent and issued an
opinion on those financial statements and that the accounting firm has examined
and provided a report as to statements of the servicer concerning the servicer's
controls over the servicing of:

        equipment contracts,

        installment sales contracts,

        promissory notes, and

        loan and security agreements.

    MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER

    The servicer may not resign from its obligations under a pooling and
servicing agreement except if its duties are no longer permissible under
applicable law. No resignation will become effective until a successor servicer
has assumed the servicer's obligations and duties under the pooling and
servicing agreement. Removal of the servicer is permissible only upon the
occurrence of an event of termination as discussed below.

    The servicer must maintain an insurance policy or financial guarantee bond
in customary form covering errors and omissions by the servicer.

    SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

    Compensation to the servicer will include a monthly fee equal:

        to the product of one-twelfth of a percentage per annum specified in
        your prospectus supplement multiplied by the contract pool principal
        balance as of the last day of the second preceding collection period, or

                                       68

<PAGE>
        in the case of the servicing fee with respect to the collection period
        commencing on the date of transfer of the contracts, the contract pool
        principal balance as of the cut-off date,

       plus any

            late fees,

            late payment interest,

            documentation fees,

            insurance administration charges, other administrative fees and any
            extension fees collected with respect to the contracts during the
            prior collection period and investment earnings on collections prior
            to deposit thereof in the collection account.

The servicer will pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its
activities under the pooling and servicing agreement and the annual fees and
expenses of the owner trustee as indenture trustee in connection with the notes.
The servicer is authorized to waive any administrative fees or extension fees
that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing any contract.

    EVENTS OF TERMINATION

    An event of termination under a pooling and servicing agreement will occur
if:

     the servicer fails to make any required payment or deposit and the failure
     continues for five business days after notice from the indenture trustee or
     discovery by the servicer;

     the servicer fails to observe in any material respect any agreements of the
     servicer set forth in the pooling and servicing agreement and the failure
     (1) materially and adversely affects the rights of the owner trust, the
     equity certificate holder or you, and (2) continues unremedied for 30 days
     after written notice to the servicer;

     events of bankruptcy or insolvency occur with respect to the servicer; or

     any representation, warranty or statement of the servicer made under the
     pooling and servicing agreement is incorrect in any material respect, and
     (1) has a material adverse effect on the owner trust or holders of the
     notes, and (2) continues uncured for 30 days after the acquiring of written
     notice.

    RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF TERMINATION

    If an event of termination remains unremedied, the indenture trustee may,
and at the written direction of the required majority of the noteholders, which
shall be the same as that required for amendment of the pooling and servicing
agreement, see 'Amendment' below, shall, terminate all of the rights and
obligations of the servicer under the pooling and servicing agreement. A
successor servicer will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and
liabilities of the servicer under the pooling and servicing agreement. The
successor servicer will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements, except
that any successor servicer will not be liable for any acts or omissions of the
prior servicer occurring prior to a transfer of the servicer's servicing and
related

                                       69

<PAGE>
functions or for any breach by the prior servicer of any of its obligations. A
majority of the noteholders may waive any default by the servicer under the
pooling and servicing agreement and its consequences.

AMENDMENT

    The parties may amend any pooling and servicing agreement:

        to cure any ambiguity,

        to correct or supplement any provision therein that may be inconsistent
        with any other provision, or

        to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions
        arising under the pooling and servicing agreement but only if the
        amendment will not adversely affect in any material respect the
        interests of the noteholders.

    Any pooling and servicing agreement may also be amended in any respect by
the parties with the consent of the required majority of the noteholders
determined as described in the prospectus supplement for your notes, except that
no amendment

        that reduces the amount or changes the timing of any contract
        collections on any contracts or payments required to be distributed on
        any note,

        that changes the interest rate on any note, that adversely affects the
        priority of payment of principal or interest to noteholders or

        that reduces the noteholder percentage required to consent to these
        amendments or any waiver under the pooling and servicing agreement,

may be effective without the consent of the holder of each note. Also, an
amendment under the foregoing sentence will not be effective unless each rating
agency confirms that the amendment will not result in a reduction, qualification
or withdrawal of the ratings on the notes.

                    MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

GENERAL

    The following is a general and brief discussion of the material United
States federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the notes. The discussion that follows constitutes the opinion of
Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, special tax counsel to the trust depositor, and is
based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
existing and proposed Treasury Regulations, current administrative rulings,
judicial decisions and other applicable authorities in effect as of the date
hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
There are no cases, regulations, or Internal Revenue Service rulings on
comparable transactions or instruments to those described in this prospectus. As
a result, there can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will not
challenge the conclusions reached in this description of Material Federal Income
Tax Consequences, and no ruling from the Internal Revenue Service has been or
will be sought on any of the issues discussed below. Furthermore, legislative,
judicial or administrative changes may occur, perhaps with retroactive effect,
which could affect the accuracy of the statements set forth below.

                                       70

<PAGE>
    The following does not attempt to explain fully every relevant technical
aspect of the applicable tax provisions. Additionally, this summary does not
include some of the complex technical rules which would not be applicable to
most investors but may apply to some specific types of investors, such as
dealers in securities. Also, the descriptions of the relevant tax rules are
intended to explain the general application of the rules. BECAUSE THIS SUMMARY
OF MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS INTENDED TO BE GENERAL IN NATURE,
THE DEPOSITOR SUGGESTS THAT YOU CONSULT WITH YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE
FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND ANY OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE
PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE NOTES.

    This summary of material federal income tax matters is divided into two
parts. The first part describes the classification of the notes as debt and the
treatment of the trust as a pass-through entity rather than as a corporation or
other entity subject to tax at the entity level. The second part describes the
taxation of an investor in the notes. Under the caption 'General Tax Treatment
of Noteholders' is a description of the tax consequences for what is expected to
be the typical investment situation. The description of 'General Tax Treatment
of Noteholders' provides a summary of federal income tax consequences for
investors who are citizens or residents of the United States who purchase U.S.
dollar denominated notes for investment at a purchase price equal to the
principal amount of the notes plus accrued interest, if any. There are a variety
of technical tax rules which can be expected to apply only to particular types
of investors or in particular special circumstances. Those rules and the
investors and circumstances to which they apply are separately described under
the caption 'Special Tax Rules.' THE DEPOSITOR SUGGESTS THAT YOU CONSULT A TAX
ADVISOR TO DETERMINE WHETHER ANY OF THE SPECIAL TAX RULES ARE APPLICABLE.

CLASSIFICATION OF THE NOTES AND THE TRUST

    Under existing federal income tax law each trust will not be treated as an
association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation and the
notes will be treated as indebtedness. In rendering these opinions Schulte Roth
& Zabel LLP has assumed that the terms of the various documents relating to the
issuance of the notes will be complied with by all of the parties to the
transaction. Those terms include a requirement, which each investor agrees to by
virtue of acquiring ownership of any beneficial interest in a note, that the
trust and the investors in the notes treat the notes as indebtedness for federal
income tax purposes. The opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP does not foreclose
the possibility of a contrary determination by the Internal Revenue Service or
by a court or of a contrary position by the Internal Revenue Service or Treasury
Department in regulations or rulings issued in the future.

    Although it is the opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP that the trust will
not be treated as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation and the notes will be characterized as indebtedness for federal
income tax purposes, no assurance can be given that this characterization of the
trust or the notes will prevail. If, contrary to the opinion of Schulte Roth &
Zabel LLP, the Internal Revenue Service successfully asserted that one or more
of the notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the notes
might be treated as equity interests in the trust. As a result, the trust might
be classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. If the
trust were classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a

                                       71

<PAGE>
corporation, the trust would be subject to United States federal income tax on
its net income. An imposition of a corporate-level income tax could materially
reduce the amount of cash that would be available to make payments of principal
and interest on the notes. Alternatively, if the trust were classified as a
partnership, other than a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation,
the trust itself would not be subject to United States federal income tax.
Instead, holders of notes that were determined to be equity interests in the
partnership would be required to take into account their allocable share of the
trust's income and deductions. This treatment may have adverse federal income
tax consequences for some noteholders. For example:

       (1) income to some tax-exempt entities, including pension funds, may
    constitute 'unrelated business taxable income,'

       (2) income to foreign holders generally would be subject to U.S. tax and
    U.S. tax return filing and withholding requirements,

       (3) individual holders might be subject to certain limitations on their
    ability to deduct their share of trust expenses, and

       (4) income from the trust's assets would be taxable to noteholders
    without regard to whether cash distributions are actually made by the trust
    or any particular noteholder's method of tax accounting.

    The discussion that follows assumes that the notes will be treated as
indebtedness for federal income tax purposes.

GENERAL TAX TREATMENT OF NOTEHOLDERS

    Payments of Interest. An investor will be taxed on the amount of payments of
interest on a note as ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is
received in accordance with the investor's regular method of accounting for
United States federal income tax purposes.

    Sale or Other Disposition of a Note. An investor who disposes of a note,
whether by sale, exchange for other property, or payment by the trust, will
recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale or other disposition, not including any amount attributable
to accrued but unpaid interest, and the investor's adjusted tax basis in the
note. In general, an investor's adjusted tax basis in a note will be equal to
the initial purchase price. Any gain or loss recognized upon the sale or other
disposition of a note will be capital gain or loss. For non-corporate investors,
capital gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of a note held by the
investor for more than one year will be taxed at a maximum rate of 20%. Capital
gain for a note held for one year or less is taxed at the rates applicable to
ordinary income, i.e., up to 39.6%. Taxpayers must aggregate capital gains and
losses for each taxable year. In the event a taxpayer realizes a net capital
loss for any year there are limits on the amount of these capital losses which
can be deducted.

    Information Reporting and Backup Withholding. The trust or an agent acting
on its behalf will be required to report annually to the Internal Revenue
Service, and to each non-corporate noteholder, the amount of interest paid on
the notes for each calendar year. Each non-corporate noteholder, other than
noteholders who are not

                                       72

<PAGE>
subject to the reporting requirements, will be required to provide, under
penalties of perjury, a certificate, Form W-9, containing the noteholder's:

        name,

        address,

        correct federal taxpayer identification number, and

        a statement that the noteholder is not subject to backup withholding.

Should a non-exempt noteholder fail to provide the required certification, the
trust will be required to withhold or cause to be withheld 31% of the interest
otherwise payable to the noteholder and remit the withheld amounts to the
Internal Revenue Service as a credit against the noteholder's federal income tax
liability.

SPECIAL TAX RULES

    Special Types of Investors. The reference to United States citizens or
residents in the description of 'General Tax Treatment of Noteholders' set forth
above applies not only to individuals but also to any investor who is:

       (1) a corporation or partnership created or organized in or under the
    laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof,

       (2) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal
    income taxation regardless of its source, or

       (3) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise
    primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more
    United States fiduciaries have the authority to control all substantial
    decisions of the trust.

    Any investor which is not a United States citizen or resident should review
the summary below for investment in notes by foreign persons. Also, neither the
description of 'General Tax Treatment of Noteholders' above nor this discussion
of 'Special Tax Rules' describes tax consequences to special classes of
investors, including investors who are:

        dealers in securities or currencies,

        persons holding notes as a part of a hedging transaction,

        certain financial institutions, or

        insurance companies.

Those particular types of investors are subject to specific federal income tax
treatment which is not generally applicable to other investors. This summary of
'Material Federal Income Tax Consequences' does not describe tax consequences
for those types of investors.

    Purchase at a Discount. An investor who purchases a note as part of the
initial offering by the trust for an issue price that is less than its 'stated
redemption price at maturity' will generally be considered to have purchased the
note at an original issue discount for United States federal income tax
purposes. In general, the stated redemption price at maturity for a note is
equal to the principal amount. If a note is acquired with original issue
discount the investor will be required to include in income each year, taxable
as ordinary income in the same manner as cash interest payments, a

                                       73

<PAGE>
portion of the original issue discount. For cash basis investors, such as
individuals, the requirement that original issue discount be accrued as income
each year means the investor recognizes taxable income even though the investor
does not receive cash corresponding to that income. The amount of original issue
discount accrued as income each year is based upon a formula which looks at the
constant yield on the notes and the term to maturity so as to annually allocate
a proportionate share of original issue discount. Under these rules, investors
generally will be required to include in income increasingly greater amounts of
original issue discount in successive accrual periods.

    In determining whether a note has original issue discount, the issue price
of the note may not necessarily equal the investor's purchase price, although
they generally should be the same. The issue price of a note will equal the
initial offering price to the public, not including bond houses, brokers or
similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters or
wholesalers, at which price a substantial amount of the notes is sold.

    If an investor acquires a note in a secondary market transaction for a
purchase price which is less than the principal amount or other amount payable
at maturity of the note, the difference is referred to for tax purposes as
market discount. Similarly to original issue discount, an investor must accrue a
portion of the market discount each year. The amount of market discount which
accrues annually will be calculated on a straight-line basis over the remaining
term to maturity of the note unless the investor elects to accrue market
discount using the constant yield method, i.e., the original issue discount
method. Unlike original issue discount, however, an investor does not include
accrued market discount in ordinary income each year. Rather, the aggregate
amount of accrued market discount is included in income when an investor sells
or otherwise disposes of the note. At that time, the portion of the amount
realized by the investor on the sale or other disposition of the note equal to
accrued market discount is taxed as ordinary income, which has a maximum tax
rate of 39.6%, rather than long term capital gain maximum tax rate of 20%.

    If an investor would prefer to be taxed on the annual accrual of market
discount each year rather than being taxed on the aggregate amount of all
accrued market discount when the note is sold or otherwise disposed of, the
investor can file an election to do so. This election would apply to all of the
investor's debt investments acquired in or after the taxable year in which the
notes are acquired and not just to the notes.

    Limitations imposed by the federal tax law which are intended to match
deductions with the taxation of income may defer deductions for interest paid by
an investor on indebtedness incurred or continued, or short sale expenses
incurred, to purchase or carry a note with market discount. A noteholder who
elects to include market discount in gross income as it accrues is exempt from
this rule.

    Whenever an investor accrues and includes in income an amount of original
issue discount or market discount, the investor's adjusted basis in the
corresponding note is increased by that same amount. As a result, the investor
would recognize a lower capital gain or greater capital loss on the sale or
other disposition of the note.

                                       74

<PAGE>
    In general, if the amount of original issue discount or market discount
would be less than 1/4th of one percent of the note's principal or other stated
redemption price at maturity, the investor can disregard the original issue
discount or market discount rules.

    Purchase at a Premium. If an investor purchases a note for a price that
exceeds the principal amount or other amount payable at maturity, the investor
will be considered to have an amortizable bond premium. An investor can elect to
accrue a portion of the premium each year as a deduction to offset interest
income on the corresponding note. The amount of premium which can be amortized
and deducted each year is calculated using a constant yield method over the
remaining term to maturity of the note. The deduction is available only to
offset interest income on the corresponding note; it cannot be used as a
deduction to the extent it exceeds taxable note interest. The adjusted tax basis
which an investor has in a note must be reduced by the amount of premium for
which a deduction is claimed. Because the basis is reduced, the investor would
recognize a larger taxable capital gain, or a smaller capital loss, on the sale
or other disposition of the note. If an investor elects to amortize and deduct
premium, the election will apply to all of the investor's debt investments and
not just to the notes.

    If an investor purchases in a secondary market transaction a note which was
originally issued with original issue discount for an amount which is less than
the sum of all amounts payable on the note after the purchase date other than
payments of qualified stated interest but in excess of its adjusted issue price,
i.e., the original issue price plus any accrued original issue discount as those
terms are described above, the excess is referred to for tax purposes as
'acquisition premium.' The investor would be permitted to reduce the daily
portions of original issue discount the investor would otherwise include in
income by an amount corresponding to the ratio of (1) the excess of the
investor's purchase price for the note over the adjusted issue price of the note
as of the purchase date to (2) the excess of all amounts payable on the note
after the purchase date, other than payments of qualified stated interest, over
the note's adjusted issue price.

    Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. An investor may
elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues on a note using the
constant-yield method described above under the heading 'Purchase at a Discount'
with modifications described below. For purposes of this election, interest
includes:

        qualified stated interest,

        original issue discount,

        de minimis original issue discount,

        market discount,

        de minimis market discount, and

        unstated interest,

as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium.

    In applying the constant-yield method to a note with respect to which this
election has been made, the issue price of the note will equal the electing
investor's adjusted

                                       75

<PAGE>
basis in the note immediately after its acquisition. The issue date of the note
will be the date of its acquisiton by the electing investor, and no payments on
the note will be treated as payments of qualified stated interest. This
election, if made, may not be revoked without the consent of the Internal
Revenue Service. Investors should consult with their own tax advisors as to the
effect in their circumstances of making this election.

    Foreign Investors. Special tax rules apply to the purchase of notes by
foreign persons. For U.S. tax purposes, foreign investors include any person who
is not

       (1) a citizen or resident of the United States,

       (2) a corporation, partnership or other entity organized in or under the
    laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof,

       (3) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S.
    federal income tax purposes, regardless of its source, or

       (4) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise
    primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more
    United States fiduciaries have the authority to control all substantial
    decisions of the trust.

    Interest paid or accrued to a foreign investor that is not effectively
connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by
the investor will generally be considered 'portfolio interest' and generally
will not be subject to United States federal income tax or withholding tax as
long as the foreign investor is not actually or constructively a 10 percent
shareholder of the trust or a controlled foreign corporation related to the
trust through stock ownership. Additionally, the foreign investor must provide
or have a financial institution provide on its behalf to the trust or paying
agent an appropriate statement Form W-8, that is signed under penalties of
perjury, certifying that the beneficial owner of the note is a foreign person
and providing that foreign person's name and address. If the information
provided in this statement changes, the foreign investor must provide a new Form
W-8 within 30 days. The Form W-8 is generally effective for three years. If the
foreign investor fails to satisfy these requirements so that interest on the
investor's Notes was not portfolio interest, interest payments would be subject
to United States federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30% unless
reduced or eliminated under an applicable income tax treaty. To qualify for any
reduction as the result of an income tax treaty, the foreign investor must
provide the paying agent with Form 1001. This form is also effective for three
years.

    The realization of any capital gain on the sale or other taxable disposition
of a note by a foreign investor will be exempt from United States federal income
and withholding tax, provided that

       (1) the gain is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
    business in the United States by the investor and

       (2) in the case of an individual foreign investor, the investor is not
    present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year.
    If an individual foreign investor is present in the U.S. for 183 days or
    more during the taxable year, the gain on the sale or other disposition of
    the Notes could be subject to a 30% withholding tax unless reduced by
    treaty.

                                       76

<PAGE>
    If the interest, gain or income on a note held by a foreign investor is
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the investor, the noteholder will be subject to United States federal
income tax on the interest, gain or income at regular federal income tax rates.
At the same time, the noteholder may be exempt from withholding tax if a
Form 4224 is furnished to the paying agent. Form 4224 is effective for only one
calendar year. In addition, if the foreign investor is a foreign corporation, it
may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of its 'effectively
connected earnings and profits' for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain
items, unless it qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable tax treaty.

    Regardless of when a foreign investor acquired a note, Treasury Regulations
which will become effective for note payments made after December 31, 2000 may
change reporting requirements for certain withholding agents.

    If a foreign investor fails to provide necessary documentation to the trust
or its paying agent regarding the investor's taxpayer identification number or
certification of exempt status, a 31% backup withholding tax may be applied to
note payments to that investor. Any amounts withheld under the backup
withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against the foreign
investor's U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information
is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

    Because of the differences in state and local tax laws and their
applicability to different investors, it is not possible to summarize the
potential state and local tax consequences of purchasing, holding or disposing
of the notes and no opinions of counsel have been obtained regarding state tax
matters. ACCORDINGLY, THE DEPOSITOR RECOMMENDS THAT YOU CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX
ADVISORS REGARDING THE STATE AND LOCAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE,
OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF NOTES.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

    The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ('ERISA'),
imposes specific requirements on employee benefit plans subject to ERISA and
prohibits some transactions between ERISA-regulated plans and persons who are
'parties in interest,' as defined under ERISA, with respect to assets of these
plans. Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code prohibits a similar set of
transactions between specified plans or individual retirement accounts and
persons who are 'disqualified persons,' as defined in the Internal Revenue Code,
with respect to Internal Revenue Code-regulated plans. Some employee benefit
plans, such as governmental plans and church plans, if no election has been made
under Section 410(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, are not subject to the
requirements of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code and assets of
the plans may be invested in the notes, subject to the provisions of other
applicable federal and state law, including Section 503 of the Internal Revenue
Code.

    Investments by ERISA-regulated plans are subject to ERISA's general
fiduciary requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and
diversification and the requirement that investments comply with the terms of
the documents governing the ERISA-regulated plan. Before investing in the notes,
an ERISA-

                                       77

<PAGE>
regulated plan fiduciary should consider, among other factors, whether to do so
is appropriate in view of the overall investment policy and liquidity needs of
the ERISA plan.

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

    In addition, Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue
Code prohibit parties in interest and disqualified persons with respect to plans
subject to those sections from engaging in some transactions involving the plans
or plan assets of the plans, unless a statutory or administrative exemption
applies to the transaction. Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended and Sections 502(i) and 502(1) of ERISA provide for the imposition of
excise taxes and civil penalties on persons that engage or participate in
prohibited transactions. The

        originators,

        depositor,

        underwriters,

        servicer,

        indenture trustee or

        owner trustee,

or their affiliates may be considered or may become parties in interest or
disqualified persons with respect to a plan. If so, the acquisition or holding
of the notes by, on behalf of or with plan assets of the plan may be considered
to give rise to a prohibited transaction within the meaning of ERISA and/or
Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code, unless an administrative exemption
described below or some other exemption is available.

    The notes may not be purchased with the assets of a plan if the originators,
depositor, the underwriters, the servicer, the indenture trustee, or the owner
trustee or any of their affiliates either;

       (a) has discretionary authority or control with respect to the
           investment or management of the assets: or

       (b) has authority or responsibility to give, or regularly gives,
           investment advice with respect to the assets under an agreement
           or understanding that the advice will serve as a primary basis
           for investment decisions with respect to the assets and that the
           advice will be based on the particular needs of the plan; or

       (c) is an employer of employees covered under the plan unless the
           investment is made through an insurance company general or pooled
           separate account or a bank collective investment fund and an
           exemption is available.

    Depending on the relevant facts and circumstances, some prohibited
transaction exemptions may apply to the purchase or holding of the notes -- for
example,

        Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption ('PTCE') 96-23, which exempts
        transactions effected on behalf of a plan by an in-house asset manager;

                                       78

<PAGE>
        PTCE 95-60, which exempts transactions between insurance company general
        accounts and parties in interest;

        PTCE 91-38, which exempts transactions between bank collective
        investment funds and parties in interest;

        PTCE 90-1, which exempts transactions between insurance company pooled
        separate accounts and parties in interest; or

        PTCE 84-14, which exempts transactions effected on behalf of a plan by a
        qualified professional asset manager.

There can be no assurance that any of these exemptions will apply with respect
to any plan's investment in the notes or, even if an exemption were deemed to
apply, that any exemption would apply to all prohibited transactions that may
occur in connection with that investment.

    Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties imposed, any
fiduciary or other plan investor who proposes to invest assets of a plan in the
notes should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential consequences
under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of doing so.

                              RATINGS OF THE NOTES

    The owner trust will not sell notes of a series unless one or more
nationally recognized rating agencies rate the notes of that series in a rating
category that signifies investment grade. Any rating that is made may be lowered
or withdrawn by the assigning rating agency at any time if, in its judgment,
circumstances so warrant. If a rating or ratings of notes is qualified, reduced
or withdrawn, no person or entity will be obligated to provide any additional
credit enhancement with respect to the notes so qualified, reduced or withdrawn.

    The rating of the notes should be evaluated independently from similar
ratings on other types of securities. A rating is not a recommendation to buy,
sell or hold notes, inasmuch as a rating does not comment as to market price or
suitability for a particular investor. The ratings of the notes do not address
the likelihood of payment of principal on any class of notes prior to the stated
maturity date of the notes, or the possibility of the imposition of United
States withholding tax with respect to non-United States persons.

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    The proceeds from the sale of the notes of each series, after funding a
portion of the cash collateral account or other form of credit enhancement for
the series and paying the expenses of the depositor, will be used by the
depositor to pay the purchase price due to Newcourt Financial USA Inc., as
seller, under the purchase and sale agreement or the trust through which the
depositor has arranged a warehouse receivables securitization facility relating
to the financing of contracts sold by the depositor to the owner trust. That
trust will use proceeds it receives to make payments on that facility.

                                       79

<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

    The owner trust may sell notes to or through underwriters by a negotiated
firm commitment underwriting and public reoffering by the underwriters, and also
may sell notes directly to other purchasers or through agents. The depositor
intends to offer the notes through these various methods from time to time and
that offerings may be made concurrently through more than one of these methods
or that an offering of a particular series of notes may be made through a
combination of these methods.

    The originators, the depositor and certain of its affiliates may agree to
indemnify the underwriters and agents who participate in the distribution of the
notes against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or contribute to payments the underwritten may be
required to make.

    Funds in cash collateral accounts and the trust accounts may, from time to
time, be invested in certain investments acquired from the underwriters.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, New York, New York, will provide a legal opinion
relating to the notes in its capacity as special counsel to the owner trust, the
depositor, the seller, the originators, the servicer and the administrator.
Other legal matters for underwriters will be passed upon by counsel to
underwriters.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

    Federal securities law requires the filing of certain information with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, including annual, quarterly and special
reports, proxy statements and other information. You can read and copy these
documents at the public reference facility maintained by the Securities and
Exchange Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also read and copy the reports, proxy statements
and other information at the following regional offices of the Securities and
Exchange Commission:

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>
New York Regional Office   Chicago Regional Office
Seven World Trade Center   Citicorp Center
Suite 1300                 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400
New York, NY 10048         Chicago, IL 60661
</TABLE>

    Please call the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for
more information about the public reference rooms or visit the Securities and
Exchange Commission's web site at http://www.sec.gov to access available
filings.

    The Securities and Exchange Commission allows offerors of securities to
incorporate by reference some of the information they file with it. This means
that offerors can disclose important information to you by referring you to
those documents. The information that the depositor incorporates by reference is
considered to be part of this prospectus, and later information that the
depositor files with the Securities and Exchange Commission will automatically
update and supersede this information.

    All documents filed by the servicer, on behalf of a respective owner trust,
under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
after the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering
of the notes will be incorporated by reference into this prospectus.

                                       80

<PAGE>
    If you are a beneficial owner of the notes to whom a prospectus has been
delivered, the depositor will, on request, send you a copy of the information
that has been incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The depositor will
provide this information at no cost to you. Please address requests to:
Newcourt Credit Group Inc., at 2 Gatehall Drive, Parsippany, New Jersey 02054,
Telephone No. (973) 606-3500.

                                       81

<PAGE>
                                 INDEX OF TERMS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                                          PAGE
----                                                          ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Collection Account..........................................   54
contract pool principal balance.............................    7
contract principal balance..................................    7
Distribution Account........................................   54
DTC.........................................................   55
ERISA.......................................................   77
excluded residual investment................................   43
guaranteed residual investment..............................   43
material modification.......................................   51
PTCE........................................................   78
Qualified institution.......................................   54
true lease..................................................   19
Trust Account...............................................   54
</TABLE>

                                       82

<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

<PAGE>
                        CIT EQUIPMENT COLLATERAL 2000-2
                            RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES
                          NCT FUNDING COMPANY, L.L.C.
                                   DEPOSITOR

                               CAPITA CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER

       THE DEPOSITOR AND SERVICER ARE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE CIT GROUP, INC.

                                     [LOGO]

                              SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
                         BANC ONE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
                                BARCLAYS CAPITAL
                           DEUTSCHE BANC ALEX. BROWN
                          FIRST UNION SECURITIES, INC.
                               J.P. MORGAN & CO.

    Until 90 days after the date of this prospectus supplement, all dealers
effecting transactions in the notes, whether or not participating in this
distribution, may be required to deliver this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus. Dealers acting as underwriters also have an obligation
to deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission